TW201222143A - Color photosensitive resin composition, method of forming a pattern, method of producing a color filter, and color filter and display device having the same - Google Patents

Color photosensitive resin composition, method of forming a pattern, method of producing a color filter, and color filter and display device having the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201222143A
TW201222143A TW100114370A TW100114370A TW201222143A TW 201222143 A TW201222143 A TW 201222143A TW 100114370 A TW100114370 A TW 100114370A TW 100114370 A TW100114370 A TW 100114370A TW 201222143 A TW201222143 A TW 201222143A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
photosensitive resin
pigment
color filter
Prior art date
Application number
TW100114370A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI495953B (en
Inventor
Hideyuki Nakamura
Kenta Yamazaki
Koutaro Okabe
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201222143A publication Critical patent/TW201222143A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI495953B publication Critical patent/TWI495953B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/1303Apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture of LCDs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/027Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/027Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
    • H01L21/0271Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers

Abstract

A colored photo-sensitive resin composition, a method for forming patterns, a method for manufacturing a color filter, the color filter, and a display device including the same are provided to reduce the brightness reduction of patterns after a post baking process and to suppress the generation of corrugations in a developing process. A colored photo-sensitive resin composition includes a coloring agent, a binder resin, a polymerizable compound, a photo-polymerization initiator, and a solvent. The photo-polymerization initiator is represented by chemical formula III. The binder rein includes a structural unit in a molecule. The content of the photo-polymerization initiator is 5-15 weight% of the total solid components in the resin composition. The structural unit is selected from a group including a structural unit represented by chemical formula I, a structural unit with N-substituted maleimide group, and a structural unit represented by chemical formula II.

Description

201222143 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於著色感光性樹脂組成物、圖案形成方 法、彩色濾光片(color filter)之製造方法、彩色濾光片及 具備其之顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 近年來,液晶顯示裝置之開發由晝面相對面積較小 之個人電腦(personal computer)、監視器(monitor)之用途 向大型晝面且要求高畫質之電視(television)用途展開。 於電視用途中,與先前之監視器用途相比,要求更 向畫質、即提高對比(contrast)及色純度。為了提高對比 度’要求用於形成彩色濾光片的著色感光性樹脂組成物 所使用之著色劑(有機顏料等)之粒子尺寸更加微小。 又,為了提高色純度,要求著色劑(有機顏料)在該著色 感光性樹脂組成物之固體成分中所占的含有率更高。 針對上述要求’需要顏料之粒徑更加微細並且分散 性更高之顏料分散組成物。為了提高顏料之分散性’通 常例如將萘狄青顏料之表面利用其衍生物化合物進行改 質,使用易吸附在經改質之表面的具有極性官能基之低 分子量樹脂等分散劑,實現顏料之分散性及分散安定 性’同時獲得含有顏料、表面改質劑、分散劑之顏料分 散組成物。其後,使所獲得之顏料分散M成物進而添加 鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及其他 成分而製丨^生組成物’使用該《光性组成物藉由光 微影法(photolithography)等獲得彩色濾光片。 201222143 若顏料微細化且顏料之含有率提高’則存在於藉由 光微影法形成圖像圖案時,線寬感度會減低(線寬變細) 等問題。於τν用途中,尤其要求廉價地提供彩色濾光 片’為了應對上述之主要在顯影步驟產生之問題,需要 於曝光步驟中提高曝光量,即延長曝光時間。由於上述 情況會降低良率,使生產性變差,故而要求對其進行改 良。 為了解決上述問題,有提出數置眾多之错由改良彩 色濾光片用之感光性樹脂組成物所使用之光聚合起始劑 而提高線寬成度的嘗試。例如揭示有:使用有特定結構 之三听系化合物之光聚合性組成物(例如參照日本特開 平6-2896 1 1號公報),或將二苯基酮化合物、苯乙酮化 合物、9 -氧硫。山嗟化合物之1種或2種以上混合使用的彩 色渡光片用光阻劑(photoresist)(例如參照曰本特開平 9-80225號公報)等。 又’就其他提案而言,揭示有:規定將著色感光性 樹脂組成物中之黏合劑(binder)樹脂與聚合性化合物合 計而得之有機化合物中之平均雙鍵當量,進而特別規定 黏合樹脂之分子量,而藉由煅燒形成順錐形(f〇rward tapered)的技術(參照日本特開2〇〇7 938 1 1號公報)。 進而提出有.並非利用藉由紫外光雷射之曝光用著 色感光性樹脂組成物,而是使用含有稀丙基之黏合劑樹 脂’來製備向感度且顯影官Ρ \ I# # H知龙谷度(latitude)較廣之著色樹 脂組成物(例如參照日本牡τ 4付開平1 ο - 2 0 4 9 6號公報、國際 公開2007/2987 1號小冊工、 201222143 苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺共聚物用於黏合劑樹脂, 彩再現性良好之藍辛勿$、,虚 故供色 色才《/色/慮光片用感放射線性 (例如參照曰本專刺笛 、、成物 +寻利第3632532唬公報)。然而, 術在藉由紫外光雷射之曝光步驟、顯影步驟=技 無法確保充分之生產性。因此,無法降低彩= 片之價格。 少巴,慮光 為了提高曝光步驟、顯影步驟 用雷射光進行曝光’而進行圖案成形(例如參照 號公報),雷射與通常使用之水銀燈^開 直線性較高,輸出亦較大,另外亦可聚焦,作為具有益 需曝光步驟中之圖案形成之光罩的特徵者而備受期待:、 然而’即使採用上述先前技術,在顯影步驟中畫素表面 變得粗糙或圖f之線寬感度不充分等方面叫乃未滿足著 色感光性樹脂組成物所要求之特性。又,在降低彩色濾 光片之成本之點,就曝光装置而言,提出有不使用較大 之光罩者(例如參照日本特開2〇〇8_767〇9號公報、曰本 特開2008-5 1 866號公報)。但是,並未提示具體材料, 吾人期待提出適合該等裝置之材料。 又’在藍色的著色感光性樹脂組成物之中,吾人期 待在曝光區域中藍色著色劑本身的吸收強且高感度的起 始劑。就這樣的起始劑而言,雖有構想到肟起始劑或酮 肟起始劑,但迫切期望起因於起始劑的著色所導致之後 烘烤後的亮度大幅降低、不發生著色的起始劑。 【發明内容】 [發明所欲解決的課題] 201222143 本發明的課題為提供一種紫外線雷射曝光用著& < 光性樹脂組成物,其為線寬度感度高、不易發生顯譽時 的縮皺網紋(^“^11&1丨〇11)(皺紋)、硬化而成之膜的耐熱杜 優良、後烘烤後的亮度降低小、可形成直線性優良的著 色圖案之著色感光性樹脂組成物,其特別適合於彩色 光片的著色畫素等之形成。 本發明的另一項課題為提供一種使用該著色咸光性 樹脂組成物之形成形狀與亮度優良之著色圖案的圖案形 成方法及彩色遽光片的製造方法以及一種具有良好圖汽 形狀與亮度的著色圖案之彩色濾光片、一種具備該彩$ 據光片的顯示裝置。 [用於解決課題的手段] 本發明者經潛心研究,結果發現藉由以下方法可解 決上述課題。 、至少含有(A)著色201222143 6. Technical Field of the Invention The present invention relates to a colored photosensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, a method of manufacturing a color filter, a color filter, and a display device therewith . [Prior Art] In recent years, the development of liquid crystal display devices has been carried out by the use of personal computers and monitors having a relatively small kneading area, and has been used for large-sized televisions requiring high-definition television. . In television applications, more image quality, ie contrast and color purity, is required compared to previous monitor applications. In order to increase the contrast degree, the coloring agent (organic pigment or the like) used for the coloring photosensitive resin composition for forming a color filter is required to have a smaller particle size. Further, in order to improve the color purity, it is required that the content of the coloring agent (organic pigment) in the solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition is higher. In view of the above requirements, a pigment dispersion composition in which the particle diameter of the pigment is more fine and the dispersion is higher is required. In order to improve the dispersibility of the pigment, the pigment is dispersed, for example, by modifying the surface of the naphthyl pigment with a derivative compound thereof, and using a dispersant such as a low molecular weight resin having a polar functional group which is easily adsorbed on the surface to be modified. Properties and Dispersion Stability' At the same time, a pigment dispersion composition containing a pigment, a surface modifier, and a dispersant is obtained. Thereafter, the obtained pigment is dispersed in an M-form, and an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and other components are added to prepare a composition, and the photo-component is used. A color filter is obtained by photolithography or the like. 201222143 When the pigment is refined and the content of the pigment is increased, there is a problem that the line width sensitivity is reduced (the line width is thinned) when the image pattern is formed by the photolithography method. In the use of τν, it is particularly desirable to provide a color filter inexpensively. In order to cope with the above-mentioned problems mainly caused by the development step, it is necessary to increase the exposure amount in the exposure step, that is, to extend the exposure time. Since the above situation will lower the yield and deteriorate the productivity, it is required to be improved. In order to solve the above problems, there has been an attempt to increase the line width of the photopolymerization initiator used for the photosensitive resin composition for color filters by a large number of errors. For example, a photopolymerizable composition using a triacyl compound having a specific structure (for example, refer to JP-A-6-2896 1 1), or a diphenyl ketone compound, an acetophenone compound, and 9-oxygen sulfur. A photoresist for a color-based light-receiving sheet which is used in combination with one or more of the hawthorn compounds (for example, see JP-A-H09-80225). In addition, as for the other proposals, it is disclosed that the average double bond equivalent in the organic compound obtained by combining the binder resin and the polymerizable compound in the coloring photosensitive resin composition is specified, and the adhesive resin is further specified. A molecular weight, and a technique of forming a fr-rward tapered by calcination (refer to Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. Further, it is proposed to use a coloring photosensitive resin composition for exposure by ultraviolet light, but to use a binder resin containing a weak propyl group to prepare a sensibility and develop a mandarin Ρ \ I# # H Zhilong Valley The latitude is a relatively large coloring resin composition (for example, refer to Japanese τ 4 4 付 Kaiping 1 ο - 2 0 4 9 6 , International Publication 2007/2987 No. 1 booklet, 201222143 phenyl maleicene The imine copolymer is used for the binder resin, and the blue color of the color reproducibility is not good, and the false color supply color is "/color/lighting sheet with the sense of radiation linearity (for example, refer to the scorpion special thorn flute, and the object + Seeking the benefit of the 3632532唬 bulletin. However, the exposure step and the development step of the laser are not sufficient to ensure sufficient productivity. Therefore, the price of the color = film cannot be reduced. The exposure step and the development step are performed by exposure with laser light (for example, reference numeral), and the laser and the commonly used mercury lamp have higher linearity, larger output, and can also be focused as a benefit. Pattern in the exposure step It is expected that the characteristics of the reticle are: However, 'even if the above-mentioned prior art is used, the surface of the pixel becomes rough in the developing step or the line width sensitivity of the image f is insufficient, and the coloring photosensitive resin is not satisfied. The characteristics required for the composition. Further, in terms of reducing the cost of the color filter, it is proposed that the exposure apparatus does not use a large photomask (for example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 2〇〇8_767〇9曰本特开2008-5 1 866号). However, no specific materials have been suggested, and we are looking forward to suggesting materials suitable for such devices. Also, among the blue colored photosensitive resin compositions, we are expecting A strong and highly sensitive initiator for the blue colorant itself in the exposed area. For such an initiator, although a ruthenium initiator or a ketone oxime initiator is contemplated, it is highly desirable to originate from the initiation. In the coloring of the agent, the brightness after the baking is greatly reduced, and the coloring agent is not colored. [Explanation] [Problem to be solved by the invention] 201222143 An object of the present invention is to provide an ultraviolet laser exposure & a Mp; < Light-based resin composition, which is a heat-resistant film of a film having a high line width sensitivity and which is less prone to occurrence of wrinkles (^"1111") (wrinkle) and hardened film A colored photosensitive resin composition which is excellent in the reduction in brightness after post-baking and which is capable of forming a coloring pattern having excellent linearity, and is particularly suitable for formation of colored pixels of a color light sheet, etc. Another object of the present invention is Provided is a pattern forming method using the colored pattern having excellent shape and brightness of the colored light-sensitive resin composition, a method for producing a color light-receiving sheet, and a color filter having a color pattern having a good image shape and brightness, A display device having the color light film. [Means for Solving the Problems] As a result of intensive research, the inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by the following methods. At least (A) coloring

< 1 > 一種著色感光性樹脂組成物, 201222143< 1 > A colored photosensitive resin composition, 201222143

66

1 ο R I 一 CIC 〇 1R—0—R1 4 51 ο R I a CIC 〇 1R—0—R1 4 5

1-RIC 31-RIC 3

1 21RICHR1 21RICHR

VI/ ✓(N 通式(I)中,R11〜R15各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素 R16表示氫原子或曱 原子、氰基、烷基、或芳基 基。VI / ✓ (N In the formula (I), R11 to R15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, and a halogen R16 represents a hydrogen atom or a ruthenium atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group or an aryl group.

-ch2—C-ch2—C

c=oc=o

I ο R22I ο R22

I (II)I (II)

R 23R 23

R 24 通式(II)中,R21表示氫原子或曱基,R22表示碳原 子數1〜6的伸烷基。R23及R24各自獨立地為碳原 子數4以下的烧基、任一者為氩原子且另一者為碳 原子數4以下的烷基、或表示R23及R24互相鍵、結 201222143R 24 In the formula (II), R21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and R22 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R23 and R24 are each independently a group having a carbon atom number of 4 or less, either an argon atom and the other being an alkyl group having 4 or less carbon atoms, or a bond between R23 and R24, and 201222143

(III) 通式(III)中,x1、χ2及X3各 γ 曰獨立地表不虱原子、 鹵素原子、或烧基,R1表示 不 R、-OR、-COR、-SR、 -CONRR,、或-CN ’ R2 及 R3 各自獨立地表不-R、 -OR、-COR、-SR、或-NRR,〇 〇 ^ KK ° R及R’各自獨立地表 示烧基、务基、芳烧基 '或雜 4雜%基’此等之基亦可 被選自&含鹵素原子及雜環基之群組中的⑽以上 取代,構成該燒基及芳院基中的烧基鏈之碳原子的 1個以上亦可用不飽和鍵、+(III) In the formula (III), each of γ x of x1, χ2 and X3 independently represents a halogen atom, a halogen atom or a burnt group, and R1 represents no R, -OR, -COR, -SR, -CONRR, or -CN ' R2 and R3 each independently represent -R, -OR, -COR, -SR, or -NRR, 〇〇^ KK ° R and R' each independently represent an alkyl group, a carbonyl group, or an aryl group' or The group of such a heteropoly group may be substituted by (10) or more selected from the group consisting of a halogen-containing atom and a heterocyclic group, and constitutes a carbon atom of the alkyl group in the alkyl group and the aromatic group. More than one can also use unsaturated keys, +

他$埏蚰鍵、或酯鍵置換,R 及R’亦可互相鍵結而形成環。 &lt; 2&gt;如&lt; 1 &gt;記載之著色感光性樹脂組成物,其進一步 包含由(F)多官能硫醇化合物選出之增感劑。 &lt; 3 &gt;如&lt; 1 &gt;或&lt; 2 &gt;記載之著色感光性樹脂組成物,其 中前述(B)黏合劑樹脂在分子内含有由包含(B-1)以 通式⑴表示的結構單元、(B 2)具有N位—取代順 丁烯二醯亞胺基的結構單元及(B-3)以通式(II)表 示的、纟。構單元的群組選出之至少1種結構單元5 0 莫耳%〜90莫耳%與具有酸性基的結構單元,且 為重里平均分子量在10000〜100000之範圍内的 201222143 樹脂。 &lt;4&gt;如&lt;1&gt;〜&lt;3&gt;中任1項記載 組成物,其係紫外線雷射曝光斥 &lt; 5 &gt; —種圖案形成方法,其包含將如 1項記載之著色感光性樹脂組成 形成著色層的著色層形成步驟、 利用紫外線雷射曝光成圖案形 的曝光步驟、藉由顯影除去前著 形成圖案的顯影步驟。 &lt;6&gt;如&lt;5&gt;記載之圖案形成方法, 曝光波長在300nm〜3 80nm的襄 &lt;7&gt;如&lt;5&gt;或&lt;6&gt;記載之圖案形y 雷射為以20Hz〜2000Hz的頻率 &lt; 8 &gt; —種彩色濾光片的製造方法,j &lt; 7 &gt;中任1項記載之圖案形成 成著色圖案的步驟。 &lt; 9 &gt; 一種彩色濾光片,其係藉由&lt; 8 製造而成。 &lt; 1 0 &gt; —種顯示裝置,其係具備&lt; 9 片。 [發明的效果] 若根據本發明,可提供一種紫外 感光性樹脂組成物,其係線寬度感度 縮皺網紋(皺紋)發生不易發生、硬化 優良、後烘烤後的亮度降低小、可形 之著色感光性樹脂 I ° &lt;1&gt;〜&lt;4&gt;中任 物賦予至基板上而 對於前述著色層, 狀並使曝光部硬化 色層的未硬化部而 前述紫外線雷射的 L圍内。 乞方法,前述紫外線 震盪之脈衝雷射。 秦包含藉由&lt;5&gt;〜 方法以在基板上形 ; &gt;記載之製造方法 &gt;記載之彩色濾光 線雷射曝光用著色 高、顯影所導致之 而成之膜的耐熱性 成直線性優良之著 -10- 201222143 色圖案的著色感光性樹脂組成物’其特別適合於彩色濾 光片的著色畫素等之形成。 又,若根據本發明,可提供一種使用該著色感光性 樹脂組成物之形成形狀與梵度優良之著色圖案的圖案形 成方法及彩色濾光片的製造方法、以及—種具有良好圖 案形狀與亮度的著色圖案之彩色滤光片、一種具備該彩 色濾光片的顯示裝置。 【實施方式】 [用以實施發明的形態] 以下,針對用以貫施本發明之形態進行詳細說明。 &lt; &lt;著色感光性樹脂組成物&gt; &gt; 本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物的特徵為至+人 有(A)著色劑、(B)在分子内含有選自包含(Β_;)以下^ ^He is replaced by an oxime bond or an ester bond, and R and R' may be bonded to each other to form a ring. <2> The colored photosensitive resin composition according to <1>, which further comprises a sensitizer selected from the (F) polyfunctional thiol compound. (3) The colored photosensitive resin composition according to the above, wherein the (B) binder resin is contained in the molecule and contains (B-1) represented by the formula (1) The structural unit, (B 2) has a structural unit having a N-substituted maleimide group, and (B-3) is a fluorene represented by the formula (II). The group of structural units is selected from at least one structural unit 5 0 mol % to 90 mol % and a structural unit having an acidic group, and is 201222143 resin having a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 100,000. &lt;4&gt; The composition according to any one of <1>, which is an ultraviolet laser exposure repelling &lt;5&gt; pattern forming method, which comprises coloring the color as described in item 1 The resin composition forms a coloring layer forming step of forming a coloring layer, an exposure step of exposing to a pattern by ultraviolet laser exposure, and a developing step of forming a pattern by development by development. &lt;6&gt; The pattern forming method according to <5>, wherein the exposure wavelength of 300 nm to 380 nm is &lt;7&gt;, and the pattern shape y laser as described in <5> or &lt;6&gt; is 20 Hz to 2000 Hz. Frequency &lt; 8 &gt; A method of producing a color filter, wherein the pattern described in any one of j &lt; 7 &gt; is formed into a colored pattern. &lt; 9 &gt; A color filter manufactured by &lt;8. &lt; 1 0 &gt; A display device having &lt; 9 sheets. [Effect of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an ultraviolet photosensitive resin composition which has a line width sensitivity, a wrinkle texture (wrinkle) which is less likely to occur, is excellent in hardening, and has a small decrease in brightness after post-baking, and is shapeable. The coloring photosensitive resin I ° &lt;1&gt; to &lt;4&gt; is applied to the substrate, and the exposed portion is cured in the uncured portion of the color layer and the ultraviolet ray is in the L-circle . The 乞 method, the aforementioned pulsed laser with ultraviolet shock. Qin contains a shape on the substrate by the &lt;5&gt;~ method; &gt; The manufacturing method described in the color light ray for laser light exposure is high, and the heat resistance of the film is linear. Excellent work -10- 201222143 The color-coded photosensitive resin composition of the color pattern is particularly suitable for the formation of colored pixels of color filters. Moreover, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a pattern forming method and a method for producing a color filter using a colored pattern excellent in shape and vanity of the colored photosensitive resin composition, and a method having a good pattern shape and brightness. A color filter of a colored pattern, and a display device having the color filter. [Embodiment] [Embodiment for Carrying Out the Invention] Hereinafter, a mode for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail. &lt;&lt;Coloring photosensitive resin composition&gt;&gt; The coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that (A) a coloring agent is added to + humans, and (B) is contained in a molecule selected from the group consisting of (Β_;) Below ^ ^

式(I)表示的結構單i 亞胺基的結構單元j 元的群組中之至少 當地稱為「(B)黏合 以下述通式(III)表i 著色感光性樹脂組, 始劑的含量為5質 以下針對本發 成分進行詳述。 &lt; (A)著色劑&gt; 本發明的著色感光性樹脂 著色劑。 組成物含有 至少 1 種(A) 11 - 201222143 _相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物的固體成分,本發明 的著色感光陡Μ脂級成物中的⑷著色劑的含量以質量 分率計為15質量%〜60質量%。倘若⑷著色劑的含量 未達15質量%時,為了 .去_ 馬了達到所期望的色調必須設定為厚 的膜厚,且會發生錐u ~ 難以顯影、間隔時間(tact time)延長等 問題°另方面’倘若(A)著色劑的含量超過60質量% 時,顯影時間會延I Β μ ^ , 、長且輪廓(profile)形狀會變成倒邊 (reverse edge)形狀,因此不佳。 本發明之中所謂的著色感光性樹脂組成物的固體成 分’係意指經除去著色感光性樹脂組成物的構成成分之 的(E)溶齊丨之著色感光性樹脂組成物的總成分的合計 含量。 本發明之中所谓的著色感光性樹脂組成物的「固體 成刀」’係意指使用著色感光性樹脂組成物以形成厚度 2_0μηι的塗膜,然後在15〇艽下乾燥6〇分鐘製得之硬化 膜中殘存的成分’在本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物中 已έ ’’查除去(E) &gt;谷劑之著色感光性樹脂組成物的全部成 分。 相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,本發 月的著色感光性樹脂組成物之中的(Α)著色劑的含量更 佳為2〇質量%〜50質量%,進一步更佳為25質量%〜 4〇質量%。 就(Α)著色劑而言,可適當選擇染料及顏料而使用。 由耐熱性等之觀點來看,更佳為顏料。 作為(Α)著色劑使用之顏料可為無機顏料,亦可為有 -12- 201222143 機顏料,從獲得高穿透率 p二&amp; 千 &lt; 覲點來看,較佳為使用枪早 尺寸儘可能小者。顏料的h ± , u 勹便用杻子 期卄的一次粒徑的平均較佳 〜〇·1μηι,進一步較佳兔“… 马Ο.ΟΙμηι 為Ο.ΟΙμιη〜0.05μηι之範圍。 本發明的著色感光性樹 之古八4八#釗日 Γ舳、、且成物中,错由使用後述The structure of the structural unit represented by the formula (I) is at least locally referred to as "(B) bonded to the colored photosensitive resin group of the following formula (III), the content of the initiator The content of the hair component is described in detail below. (A) Colorant> The coloring photosensitive resin coloring agent of the present invention. The composition contains at least one kind of (A) 11 - 201222143 _ with respect to the coloring photosensitive resin The solid content of the composition, the content of the (4) coloring agent in the colored photosensitive steep fat fraction of the present invention is 15% by mass to 60% by mass based on the mass fraction. If the content of the coloring agent is less than 15% by mass. In order to go to _ horse to achieve the desired color tone must be set to a thick film thickness, and the cone u ~ difficult to develop, the interval time (tact time) and other issues ° other aspects - if (A) colorant content When the amount exceeds 60% by mass, the development time is delayed by Β μ ^ , and the shape of the profile becomes a reverse edge shape, which is not preferable. The so-called colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention Solid component 'system means (E) The total content of the total components of the colored photosensitive resin composition of the component (E) of the composition of the photosensitive resin composition. The "solid-forming knife" of the colored photosensitive resin composition in the present invention It is meant that a component which is colored in a photosensitive resin composition to form a coating film having a thickness of 2_0 μm and then dried at 15 Torr for 6 minutes to form a cured film in the cured photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has been used. ''Check out (E) &gt; all components of the colored photosensitive resin composition of the granules. The content of the (Α) coloring agent in the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present month is more preferably from 2% by mass to 50% by mass, even more preferably 25%, based on the total solid content of the coloring photosensitive resin composition. Mass%~4〇% by mass. For the coloring agent, a dye and a pigment can be appropriately selected and used. From the viewpoint of heat resistance and the like, it is more preferably a pigment. The pigment used as the (Α) coloring agent may be an inorganic pigment or a pigment having -12-201222143, and it is preferable to use a gun early size from the viewpoint of obtaining a high transmittance p2 &amp; As small as possible. The h ± , u 颜料 of the pigment is preferably an average of the primary particle diameter of the scorpion 〇 〇 1 1 1 1 , , 兔 兔 兔 兔 兔 兔 兔 兔 兔 兔 兔 兔 ΟΙ ΟΙ ΟΙ 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 Photosensitive tree of the ancient eight four eight #钊日Γ舳,, and the adult, the wrong use is described later

Ll 田顏枓之尺寸較小時,亦可使顏 料分散性、分散穩定性變楫自 &quot; 心旺跫侍良好,因此即使膜厚 亦可形成色純度優異之著色晝素。 又平导When Ll Tian Yan's size is small, it can also make the dispersion and dispersion stability of the pigments change from the "good", so even if the film thickness is good, the color pigment with excellent color purity can be formed. Flat guide

此外,本發明中,| 4 , L 个货a甲者色感光性樹脂組成物所含有之 顏料中’較佳為-次粒徑未達〇 〇2㈣之顏料之比率在 该顏料之總量中未達1G%,且—次粒徑超過Μ—之 顏料之比率在該顏料之總量中未達5 %。 藉由使一次粒徑未達〇 〇2μηι之顏料之比率未達 Η)% ’可使耐熱性良好,防止色度變化,藉由使一次粒 徑超過0.08 μιη之顏料之比率未達5%,可使對比度良好, 著色感光性樹脂組成物之隨時間變化之穩定 外可防止異物故障。 從耐熱性及防止色度變化之觀點來看,一次粒徑未 達0.02μιη之顏料之比率更佳為未達5%。 從優化對比度之觀點來看,一次粒徑超過〇 〇8μιη之 顏料之比率較佳為未達3 %。 顏料之一次粒徑可使用TEM(transmissi〇n electron microscope:穿透型電子顯微鏡)來測定。即,藉由對tem 照片進行圖像解析並調查粒徑分布來進行。例如藉由計 測3萬倍〜1 0萬倍下之觀察試料中之總粒子數、與未達 0·02μπι及超過〇.〇8μηι之顏料之粒子數’可掌握粒度分 201222143 布。更具體而言’利用穿透式電子顯微鏡,以3〜 倍觀察顏料粉體,拍攝照片,測定丨〇〇〇個一次粒子 徑,算出粒徑未達〇. 0 2 μιη之一次粒子及粒徑超過〇 之一次粒子的比率。改變顏料粉體之部位,合計於 進行該操作,然後將結果平均。 就可作為(A)著色劑使用的無機顏料而言,可列 屬氧化物、金屬錯鹽等金屬化合物,具體而言可列 鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻等 屬氣化物’及上述金屬之複合氧化物等。 就前述有機顏料而言,例如可列舉 C.I.顏料紅 1、2、3、4、5、6、7、9、10、14、17, 23' 31' 38&gt; 41' 48: 1 、 48 : 2 、 48 : 3 、 48 : 4 、 49 : 1 、 49 : 2 ' 52 : 1 、 52 : 2 、 53 : 1 、 57 : 1 、 60 63 : 1 、 66 、 67 、 81 : 1 、 81 : 2 、 81 : 3 、 83 、 88 、 105 &gt; 112、119、122、123、144、146、149、150、 166、168 ' 169、170、171、172、175、176、177、 179、 184、 185、 187' 188、 190、 200、 202、 206、 208' 209、 210、 216、 220、 224、 226、 242、 246、 255 、 264 、 270 、 272 、 279 、 C.I.顏料黃 1、2、3、4、5、6、10、11、12、13、 15、16、17、18、20、24、31、32、34、35、35: 1 ' 36: 1、 37、 37: 1、 40、 42、 43、 53、 55、 60、 61, 63 、 65 、 73 、 74 、 77 、 81 、 83 、 86 、 93 、 94 、 95 、 98、100、101 ' 104、106' 108、109、110、113、 115、 116、 117、 118、 119、 120、 123、 125、 126、 10萬 之長 0 8 μιη 3處 舉金 舉: 之金 ‘ 22 ' 49、 :1 ' 90 ' 155 ' 178、 207 ' 254、 14、 ‘ 36、 .62、 97 ' 114、 127、 -14- 201222143 128、 129、 137、 138、 139、 147、 148、 150、 151、 152、 153、 154、 155、 156、 161、 162、 164、 166、 167、 168、 169、 170、 171、 172、 173 ' 174、 175、 176、 177、 179、 180、 181、 182、 185、 187、 188、 193、 194、 199、 213、 214 C-Ι.顏料橙 2、5、13、16、17: 1、31、34、36、38、 43' 46' 48' 49' 51' 52' 55' 59 、 60 、 61 、 62 、 64 、 71 、 73 、 C.I.顏料綠 7、10、36、37、58 C.I.顏料藍 1、2、15、15: 1、15: 2、15: 3、15: 4、 15: 6、16、22、60、64、66、79、79 的 Cl 取代基經變 更為OH者、8〇、 C.I.顏料紫 1、B、23、27、32、37、42、 C.I.顏料褐 25、28等。 可列舉下述者作為在此等之中可適合使用的顏料。 但在本發明中並不限定於此等。 C.I.顏料黃 11、24、108、109、110、138、139、150、 151 、 154 、 167 、 180 、 185 、 C.I.顏料撥 36、71、 C.I·顏料紅 122、150、171、175、177、209、224、242、 254 、 255 ' 264 、 C · I.顏料紫 1 9、2 3、3 2 C.I.顏料藍 15: 1、15: 3、15: 6、16、22、60、66、 C.I.顏料綠 7、36、37。 該等有機顏料可單獨使用’或者為了提高色純度而 -15- 201222143 可組合各種而使用。以下 叫小,.一-〜穴31例子。 例如,就紅色層(R)用之 __ ^之顏枓而5,可單獨使用茛醌 系顏料、茈系顏料、二_吡 蜀使用心 此咯並吡咯糸顏料使用 此等中之至少1種與雙偶祖、15 , 氮糸顏枓異°引哚啉系顏料、 喹啉育系顏料等之黃色顏料的,θ八,七 / Ή的混合,或蒽醌系顏料、茈 系顏料、二酮0比0各並。比〇各系沾 卜】 ,, 糸的至少1種與茈系顏料、蒽 醌系顏料、縮合雙偶氮系顏料、 η 疋各並吡咯系顏料 等之紅色顏料的混合等。 4# 例如,就蒽S昆糸顏料而言,可列散r τ ★ 父+ l. I ·顏料•红17 7 ; 就花糸顏料而言’可列舉C·1·顏料·紅155、CI顏料·Further, in the present invention, the ratio of the pigment which is preferably - the secondary particle diameter is less than 〇〇 2 (4) in the pigment contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the product is in the total amount of the pigment. The ratio of the pigment which is less than 1 G% and the secondary particle diameter exceeds Μ is less than 5% of the total amount of the pigment. By making the ratio of the pigment having a primary particle diameter of less than 2 μm to less than Η%%, the heat resistance can be improved, and the chromaticity change can be prevented, and the ratio of the pigment having a primary particle diameter of more than 0.08 μm is less than 5%. The contrast can be made good, and the stability of the colored photosensitive resin composition with time can be prevented from malfunctioning. From the viewpoint of heat resistance and prevention of change in chromaticity, the ratio of the pigment having a primary particle diameter of less than 0.02 μm is more preferably less than 5%. From the viewpoint of optimizing the contrast, the ratio of the pigment having a primary particle diameter exceeding 〇 8 μm is preferably less than 3%. The primary particle diameter of the pigment can be measured using a TEM (transmissi〇n electron microscope). That is, it is performed by performing image analysis on the tem photo and investigating the particle size distribution. For example, it is possible to grasp the particle size distribution 201222143 by measuring the total number of particles in the observation sample at 30,000 to 10,000 times and the number of particles of the pigment which is less than 0·02 μm and more than 〇.〇8μηι. More specifically, 'through a transmission electron microscope, the pigment powder was observed at 3 times magnification, photographs were taken, and the primary particle diameter was measured to calculate the primary particle size and particle diameter of 0 2 μιη. The ratio of the primary particles above 〇. The parts of the pigment powder are changed, and the operation is performed in total, and the results are averaged. As the inorganic pigment which can be used as the (A) coloring agent, a metal compound such as an oxide or a metal salt may be listed, specifically, iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium may be listed. , zinc, antimony, etc. are vaporized 'and composite oxides of the above metals. Examples of the aforementioned organic pigment include CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 23' 31' 38 &gt; 41' 48: 1 , 48 : 2 , 48 : 3 , 48 : 4 , 49 : 1 , 49 : 2 ' 52 : 1 , 52 : 2 , 53 : 1 , 57 : 1 , 60 63 : 1 , 66 , 67 , 81 : 1 , 81 : 2 , 81: 3, 83, 88, 105 &gt; 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 166, 168 '169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 179, 184, 185 , 187' 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 208' 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 255, 264, 270, 272, 279, CI Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1 ' 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 98, 100, 101 '104, 106' 108, 109, 110, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 100,000 long 0 8 μιη 3 at the gold : 金 ' 22 ' 49, : 1 ' 90 ' 155 ' 178, 207 ' 254, 14, ' 36, .62, 97 ' 114, 127, -14- 201222143 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147 , 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173 '174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180 , 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214 C-Ι. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43' 46' 48' 49' 51' 52' 55' 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, CI Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58 CI Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15: 1, 15 : 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 60, 64, 66, 79, 79 Cl substituents were changed to OH, 8 〇, CI Pigment Violet 1, B, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, CI pigment brown 25, 28 and so on. The following may be mentioned as a pigment which can be suitably used among these. However, the present invention is not limited to this. CI Pigment Yellow 11, 24, 108, 109, 110, 138, 139, 150, 151, 154, 167, 180, 185, CI Pigment Dial 36, 71, CI·Pigment Red 122, 150, 171, 175, 177, 209, 224, 242, 254, 255 '264, C · I. Pigment Violet 9, 9 3, 3 2 CI Pigment Blue 15: 1, 15: 3, 15: 6, 16, 22, 60, 66, CI Pigment green 7,36,37. These organic pigments can be used singly or in order to improve the color purity -15-201222143 can be used in combination. The following is called small, one-~ hole 31 example. For example, for the red layer (R) used for __ ^ 枓 枓 枓 5 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可 可a yellow pigment mixed with a bismuth ancestor, a fluorene-based porphyrin pigment, a quinoline-based pigment, or a quinone-based pigment, a quinone-based pigment, a quinone-based pigment, The diketones are 0 to 0 each. It is a mixture of at least one kind of ruthenium, and a red pigment such as an anthraquinone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a condensed disazo pigment, or an η-pyrenepyrazole pigment. 4# For example, in the case of 蒽S Kunyu pigment, it can be classified as r τ ★ parent + l. I · pigment • red 17 7 ; in the case of 糸 pigments, it can be cited as C·1·pigment·red 155, CI pigment·

紅2⑷就縮合雙偶氮系紅色顏料而言,可列夹一T 料•紅242 ;就二酮口比洛並D比略李 + ' 士 ,丨 合糸顔抖而言,可列與Γ τ 顏料•紅254;在色彩再現性之點,較佳 j牛C·1. 254與C.I.顏料•黃139或c .1.顏料•紅 丄顔枓.紅177 又,紅色顏料與其他顏料之質詈 A 。。 顏料)較佳為1〇〇: 5〜100: 80。於\(紅色顏料:其他 會難以抑制400 nm至500 nm之光 4以下時,有時 色純度。又,於100 : 8 1以上時,有透率而無法提高 尤其是就上述質量比而言,最佳為’呈色此力會下降。 範圍。另外,在紅色顏料彼此之組厶0 · 10〜100 : 65之 色度進行調整。 S之情形時,可配合 又就綠色層(G)用之顏料而士 醜菁系顏料,或使用其與雙偶氡^可單獨使用画化萘 黃色顏料、偶氮次曱基系黃色顏 色顏料、喹啉黃系 料之混合。例如就如此的例子^ :異㈣琳系黃色顏 °較佳為C · I.顏料· -16- 201222143 綠7、36、37、58與〔1.顏料.黃138、(:1顏料.黃139、 C.I.顏料•黃150、C_I.顏料•黃18〇或c」顏料.黃185 之'/邑合。 由獲得充分之色純度及抑制與NTSC(Nati〇nal Television System C〇mmittee)目標色調之偏差的觀點來 看,綠色顏料與黃色顏料之質量比(綠色顏料:黃色顏料) 較佳為 100: 5〜1〇〇: 150,特佳為 1〇〇: 3〇〜1〇〇: 12〇 之範圍。 就藍色層(B)用之顏料而言,可單獨使用萘酞青系顏 料,或者使用其與雙科系紫色顏料之混合。例如較佳 為C丄顏料•藍15:6與C&gt;1.顏料.紫23之混合。 顏料與紫色顏料之質量比(藍色顏料:紫色顏料) 100: 0 〜100: 50,更佳為 100: 5〜1〇〇: 3〇。 句 “本發明的著色感光性組成物,尤其是當適用 的者,感光性組成物時,即使將著色層加熱,也不 色成黃色,因此具有效果。 在本發明中’特佳為使用有機顏料作為著色劑,且 使用在顏料之微細化步驟或者分散步驟中古 合物被覆顏料而成者。#由利用高分子化合:二:匕 :二經微細化之顏料’更佳為使用可抑制2次凝;; 之形成而以1次粒子之狀態分散的可 …二體 被覆顏料、穩定地維持經分散之1次粒子二:提:之 優良之被覆顏料。 、为散穩定性 本發明中的較佳態樣之被覆顏料係 物被覆顏料而成者,但此被覆係用=子化合 双、' 田化產生之表面 -17- 201222143 活性較高的顏料之新界面上’籍由與高分子化合物之強 靜電作用,而形成該高分子化合物之堅固被覆二,因此 認為可獲得具有更高之分散穩定性的被覆顏料。即,本 發明中,被覆處理後之顏料即使利用可溶解高分子化合 物之有機溶劑進行清洗,所被覆之高分子化合物亦幾乎 不游離。 本發明中所謂被覆顏料,係指有機顏料等之顏料粒 子被側鏈具有雜環等極性基之高分子化合物所被覆者&quot;, 藉由利用該高分子化合物堅固地被覆顏料粒子表面之一 部分或者全部,可發揮更高之分散穩定性之效果,不同 於-般高分子分散劑吸附於顏料上而成者。該被覆狀態. 可藉由如下方式確認:藉由以下所示之利用有機溶劑: 清洗,測定高分子化合物之游離量(游離率)。即,單純 憑藉吸附而成之高分子化合物於利用有機溶劑進行=洗 後,其絕大部 &gt;、具體為65%以上發生游離而被除:, 但如本發明之經表面被覆之顏料,其游離率極小 %以下。 J υ 一利用1_甲氧基-2-丙醇清洗被覆處理後之顏料,算 前述游離量(游離率)。即,將顏料i〇g投入i “甲氧美 2丙醇1 OGml中’使用振i機於室溫下振盈3小時。直 後’利用離心分離機’於8〇,〇〇〇rpm下以8小時使_ ’尤降’由乾燥法求出上清液部分之固體成分的質量,再 由二體成分的質量與被覆處理所使用之高分子化合物 之質里的比值算出游離率(%)。 針對市售等之顏料之前述游離量(游離率)可藉由以 201222143 下方法測定。即,利用可溶解顏料之溶劑(例如二甲基亞 砜、二甲基甲醯胺、曱酸、硫酸等)將全部顏料溶解後, 利用溶解性差異,藉由有機溶劑將高分子化合物與顏料 分離’算出「顏料的被覆處理所使用之高分子化合物之 質量」。另外,如上述利用1 -甲氧基-2-丙醇清洗顏料, 用所獲得之上述的游離量(自顏料游離之高分子化合物 之質量)除以該「顏料的被覆處理所使用之高分子化合物 之質量」’求出游離率(%)。 游離率越小,對於顏料的被覆越高,分散性、分散 穩定性越良好。游離率之較佳範圍為3 0 %以下,更佳為 2〇%以下’最佳為15%以下,理想上為0%。 被覆處理較佳為與顏料之微細化步驟同時進行,具 體而言’係經由如下步驟而實施:添加⑴顏料、(ii)水溶 性無機鹽、(iii)實質上不溶解(ii)之少量水溶性有機溶 4、及(i v)鬲分子化合物’利用捏合機等進行機械混練的 步驟(稱為鹽磨(saU milling)步驟);將該混合物投入至水 中 利用咼速混合機(high-speed mixer)等進行搜拌而製 成漿料(slurry)狀的步驟;及對該漿料進行過濾、水洗, 視需要進行乾燥的步驟。 以下,進—步具體說明上述之鹽磨。首先,向⑴有 機顏f與(ii)水溶性無機鹽之混合物中添加作為濕潤劑 之少量(iii)水溶性有機溶劑,利用捏合機等進行強力捏 合後’將此混合物投入至水中,利用高速混合機等進行 搜拌而製成漿料狀。其次,對此漿料進行過逾、水洗, 視需要進行乾燥,藉此獲得經微細化之顏料。再者,於 •19- 201222143 分散至油性清漆中而使用之情形日寺,亦可一邊藉由 稱為閃蒸之方法將乾燥前之處理顏料(稱為遽餅)除去 水’ -邊分散至油性清漆(varnish)中。又,於分散至 系清漆中之情形時,處理顏料無需進行乾燥 直接分散至清漆令。 幵 鹽磨時,藉由將上述(iii)有機溶劑與(iv)至少—邙、 可溶之樹脂(高分子化合物)併用,可獲得更加微細。,I 表面由(iv)至少一部分可溶之樹脂所被覆的乾燥時 之凝集較少的被覆顏料。 可於 可於 另外,就添加(iv)高分子化合物的時機而言, 鹽磨步驟之初期全部添加,亦可分割添加。又;*亦 刀政步驟添加。 使用於顏料之被覆之高分子化合物只要為具有對 料之吸附性基者,則為何者皆可。特佳為側鏈具有雜舉 之高分子化合物。本發明之中的後述(B)黏合劑樹脂亦= 作為使用於顏料的被覆之高分子化合物的較佳者。 就如此之高分子化合物而言,例如可使用日本特開 2008-83089號公報之段落號碼〔〇〇29〕〜〔〇〇3〇〕、日 本特開2009-62457號公報之段落號碼〔0044〕〜〔〇〇47〕 中所揭示者。 於使用上述經被覆處理之顏料之情形時,進—步較 佳為使用分散劑之至少丨種將顏料分散,而作為顏料分 散組成物使用。藉由含有此分散劑,可進一步提高顏料 之分散性。 就分散劑而言’例如可適當選用公知之顏料分散劑 -20- 201222143 或界面活性劑。 具體而言,可使用多種化合物,例如可列舉有機矽 氧烷高分子ΚΡ341(信越化學工業(股)(shin-Etsu Chemical Co. ’ Ltd.)製)、曱基丙烯酸(共)聚合物 POLYFLOW Νο.75、Νο.90、Νο·95(共榮社化學工業 (股)(Kyoeisha Chemical Co.,Ltd.)製)、W001(裕商(股)Red 2 (4) in the case of condensed bisazo red pigments, can be listed as a T material • red 242; as far as the diketone mouth is more than D and L + + ' 丨 丨 ' ' 而言 而言 而言 而言 而言 而言 而言 而言 而言τ pigment•red 254; at the point of color reproducibility, preferably j cow C·1. 254 and CI pigment•yellow 139 or c.1. pigment•red 丄 枓. red 177, red pigment and other pigments Quality A. . The pigment) is preferably 1 〇〇: 5 to 100: 80. In \ (red pigment: other colors will be difficult to suppress light from 400 nm to 500 nm 4, sometimes color purity. Also, at 100: 8 1 or more, there is permeability and cannot be improved, especially in terms of the above mass ratio The best is 'coloring, this force will drop. Scope. In addition, the red pigments are adjusted to each other 厶 0 · 10~100 : 65 chromaticity. In the case of S, it can be combined with the green layer (G) The pigment used in the sapphire pigment, or a mixture of the naphthalene yellow pigment, the azo sulfhydryl yellow color pigment, and the quinoline yellow pigment can be used alone. For example, such an example ^ : 异(四)琳 is a yellow color ° is preferably C · I. Pigment · -16- 201222143 Green 7, 36, 37, 58 and [1. Pigment. Yellow 138, (: 1 pigment. Yellow 139, CI pigment • Yellow 150, C_I. Pigment • Yellow 18〇 or c” pigment. Yellow 185 '/邑. From the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient color purity and suppressing the deviation from the target hue of NTSC (Nati〇nal Television System C〇mmittee) Look, the mass ratio of green pigment to yellow pigment (green pigment: yellow pigment) is preferably 100: 5~1〇〇: 150, Preferably, it is 1〇〇: 3〇~1〇〇: the range of 12〇. For the pigment used in the blue layer (B), the naphthoquinone pigment can be used alone or in combination with the purple pigment of the double family. For example, it is preferably a mixture of C丄 pigment•blue 15:6 and C&gt;1. Pigment. Violet 23. Mass ratio of pigment to purple pigment (blue pigment: purple pigment) 100: 0 ~100: 50, more佳为100: 5~1〇〇: 3〇. The phrase "the color-sensitive photosensitive composition of the present invention, especially when applied to a photosensitive composition, does not color yellow even if the colored layer is heated. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an organic pigment as a coloring agent, and to use an organic compound to coat a pigment in a micronizing step or a dispersing step of a pigment. #用用聚合物合合:二:匕:二The finer pigment is more preferably used to inhibit the formation of secondary coagulation; and it can be dispersed in the state of primary particles. The two-part coated pigment can stably maintain the dispersed primary particles. Coated pigments, dispersion stability, preferred aspects of the invention The material is coated with pigments, but the coating is made of = sub-combination, 'the surface of the surface produced by Tianhua-17-201222143. The new interface of the pigment with higher activity' is based on the strong electrostatic interaction with the polymer compound. In the present invention, it is considered that a pigment having a higher dispersion stability can be obtained. In the present invention, the pigment after the coating treatment is washed with an organic solvent capable of dissolving the polymer compound. The polymer compound to be coated is also hardly released. In the present invention, the term "coated pigment" means that the pigment particles such as an organic pigment are coated with a polymer compound having a polar group such as a hetero ring in the side chain, and a part of the surface of the pigment particle is strongly coated by the polymer compound or All of them can exert a higher dispersion stability effect, unlike those in which a polymer dispersant is adsorbed on a pigment. The state of the coating can be confirmed by measuring the free amount (freeness) of the polymer compound by the use of an organic solvent: washing as shown below. In other words, the polymer compound which has been adsorbed by the organic solvent alone is removed by washing with an organic solvent, and most of the polymer compound is removed by 65% or more. However, as the surface-coated pigment of the present invention, The liberation rate is extremely small or less. J υ The coated pigment was washed with 1-methoxy-2-propanol to calculate the amount of free (free rate). That is, the pigment i〇g was put into i "methoxymethanol 2 propanol 1 OGml" and shaken at room temperature for 3 hours using a vibrating machine. After straight, 'using a centrifugal separator' at 8 Torr, 〇〇〇 rpm The mass of the solid component in the supernatant fraction was determined by the drying method in 8 hours, and the liberation rate (%) was calculated from the ratio of the mass of the two-component component to the mass of the polymer compound used for the coating treatment. The aforementioned free amount (free rate) of a commercially available pigment can be determined by the method of 201222143. That is, a solvent capable of dissolving a pigment (for example, dimethyl sulfoxide, dimethylformamide, citric acid, After the total pigment is dissolved, the polymer compound and the pigment are separated by an organic solvent by the difference in solubility, and the mass of the polymer compound used for the coating treatment of the pigment is calculated. Further, the pigment is washed with 1-methoxy-2-propanol as described above, and the above-mentioned free amount (mass of the polymer compound free from the pigment) is divided by the polymer used for the coating treatment of the pigment. The mass of the compound "to determine the liberation rate (%). The smaller the liberation ratio, the higher the coating of the pigment, and the better the dispersibility and dispersion stability. The preferred range of the liberation ratio is 30% or less, more preferably 2% by weight or less, and most preferably 15% or less, and desirably 0%. The coating treatment is preferably carried out simultaneously with the step of refining the pigment, specifically, by performing the steps of: adding (1) a pigment, (ii) a water-soluble inorganic salt, (iii) substantially insoluble (ii) a small amount of water-soluble Organic solvent 4, and (iv) 鬲 molecular compound 'step of mechanical kneading by a kneader or the like (referred to as a saU milling step); the mixture is put into water using an idle speed mixer (high-speed mixer) And the like is a step of preparing a slurry to form a slurry; and the step of filtering the slurry, washing with water, and drying as necessary. Hereinafter, the salt milling described above will be specifically described. First, a small amount of (iii) a water-soluble organic solvent as a wetting agent is added to a mixture of (1) an organic pigment f and (ii) a water-soluble inorganic salt, and the mixture is vigorously kneaded by a kneader or the like, and then the mixture is poured into water to utilize a high speed. A mixer or the like is mixed to form a slurry. Next, the slurry is over-washed, washed with water, and dried as needed, thereby obtaining a finely divided pigment. Furthermore, in the case of the use of the oil varnish, the Japanese temple can be dispersed by removing the water from the pre-drying treatment pigment (called crepe cake) by a method called flashing. In varnish. Further, in the case of dispersion into a varnish, the treated pigment does not need to be dried and is directly dispersed to the varnish.盐 In salt milling, by using the above (iii) organic solvent together with (iv) at least hydrazine, a soluble resin (polymer compound), it is more fine. I. The surface of the coating pigment which is coated with at least a portion of the soluble resin and which has less agglomeration during drying. Further, the timing of adding the (iv) polymer compound may be added at the beginning of the salt milling step, or may be added separately. Also; * also added the knife step. The polymer compound to be coated with the pigment may be any one as long as it has an adsorptive base. It is particularly preferable that the side chain has a polymer compound which is miscellaneous. The binder (B) which will be described later in the present invention is also preferably a polymer compound to be coated with a pigment. For such a polymer compound, for example, paragraph number [〇〇29] to [〇〇3〇] of JP-A-2008-83089, and paragraph number [0044] of JP-A-2009-62457 can be used. ~ [〇〇47] revealed in the person. In the case of using the above-mentioned coated pigment, it is preferred to use a dispersion of at least a pigment to disperse the pigment and use it as a pigment dispersion composition. By containing this dispersant, the dispersibility of the pigment can be further improved. As the dispersant, for example, a known pigment dispersant -20-201222143 or a surfactant can be appropriately selected. Specifically, a plurality of compounds can be used, and examples thereof include an organic aluminoxane polymer ΚΡ341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and a methacrylic acid (co)polymer POLYFLOW Νο. .75, Νο.90, Νο·95 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (Yu Shang)

么司(Yusho Co.,Ltd.)製)專之陽離子系界面活性劑;聚 氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、 聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇 二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯 等之非離子系界面活性劑;W004、W005、WO 1 7(裕商(股) 公司製)等之陰離子系界面活性劑;EFKA-46、EFKA-47、 EFKA-47EA、EFKA 高分子 100、EFKA 高分子 400、EFKA 高分子 401、EFKA 高分子 450(均為 Ciba · Speciality · Chemicals 公司(Ciba Japan Κ·Κ·)製)'DISPERSE AID 6、 DISPERSE AID 8、DISPERSE AID 15、DISPERSE AID 9100(均為 San Nopco 公司(San Nopco Ltd.)製)等之高分 子分散劑; SOLSPERSE 3000 、 5000 、 9000 、 12000 、 13240 、 13940、17000、24000、26000、28000 等之各種 SOLSPERSE 分散劑(日.本 Lubrizol(股)(The Lubrizol Corporation) 製);ADEKA PLURONIC L31、F38、L42、L44、L61、 L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、P94、L1(H、P103 ' F108、L121、P-123(旭電化(股)(ADEKA Corporation)製) 及 IONET S-20(三洋化成(股)(Sanyo Chemical Industries -21 - 201222143Specialized cationic surfactants made by Yusho Co., Ltd.; polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether , non-ionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester; W004, W005, WO 1 Anionic surfactants such as 7 (Yu Shang Co., Ltd.); EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA Polymer 100, EFKA Polymer 400, EFKA Polymer 401, EFKA Polymer 450 ( All are Ciba · Speciality · Chemicals (Ciba Japan Κ·Κ·), 'DISPERSE AID 6, DISPERSE AID 8, DISPERSE AID 15, DISPERSE AID 9100 (all manufactured by San Nopco Co., Ltd.) Polymer dispersant; various SOLSPERSE dispersants such as SOLSPERSE 3000, 5000, 9000, 12000, 13240, 13940, 17000, 24000, 26000, 28000, etc. (The Lubrizol Co., Ltd.); ADEKA PLURONIC L31 , F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68 L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L1 (H, P103 'F108, L121, P-123 (made by ADEKA Corporation) and IONET S-20 (Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd.) Chemical Industries -21 - 201222143

Ltd.)製)、Disperbyk 101、103、106、108、109、111、 112、116、130、140、142、161、162、163、164、166、 167、170、171、174、176、180、182、2000、2001、2050、 2150(BYK-Chemie(股)公司(BYK Chemie)製)。其他,可 列舉丙烯酸系共聚物等、在分子末端或側鎖上具有極性 基的寡聚物(oligomer)或高分子》 分散劑於顏料分散組成物中的含量,相對於已述之 顏料的質量,較佳為1〜100質量%,更佳為3〜7〇質量 %。 m 一,其 散劑具 物吸附 使顏料 而防止 良之彩 顏 鏈導入 物。有 系顏料 異吲哚 苯并咪 蒽醒系 物。就 公報、 何生物為— .........又…冋刀-丁化甘初之 視需要而添加至顏料分散組成物中。藉由使與分 有親和性之部力、或者導入有極性基之顏料衍生 在顏料表面,將其使用作為分散劑之吸附點,可 以微細粒子之形式分散至感光性樹脂組成物_, 其再凝集,可有效地構成對比度較高,透明性優 色遽光片。 料衍生物具體上係以有機顏料作為母體骨架,側 有酸性基或m、芳香族基作為取代基的化合 機顏料具體而言可列舉:切酮系顏料、萘醜菁 -偶氮系顏料、喹啉黃系顏料、異,啤啉系顏料、 嗣系顏料、啥啉顏料、二酮吡咯並吡咯顏料、 s同顏料等。亦包括通常$ # 一 %々个被%為色素之萘系、 、二啩系、喹啉系等之淡黃&amp; + $ 之方香族多環化合 巴京何生物而言,可使用日 文用曰本特開平1 1-49974號 曰本特開平1 1 - 1 89732號八 琥公報、日本特開平 -22- 201222143Ltd.), Disperbyk 101, 103, 106, 108, 109, 111, 112, 116, 130, 140, 142, 161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 170, 171, 174, 176, 180 182, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150 (BYK-Chemie) (BYK Chemie). Other examples include an oligomer or a polymer having a polar group at a molecular terminal or a side chain, such as an acrylic copolymer, and a dispersant in a pigment dispersion composition, relative to the mass of the pigment described. It is preferably from 1 to 100% by mass, more preferably from 3 to 7% by mass. m. The powder has its own adsorption to prevent the pigment from being introduced into the chain. There are pigments, isoindole, benzopyrene, and awakening. As for the bulletin, what is the organism - ... ... and ... the sickle - Dinghua Ganchuzhi is added to the pigment dispersion composition as needed. By deriving the affinity to the pigment or introducing a pigment having a polar group onto the surface of the pigment, it is used as a point of adsorption of the dispersant, and can be dispersed as a fine particle to the photosensitive resin composition _, which is further Aggregation can effectively form a high contrast, transparent and excellent color calender. The compound derivative is specifically a compound pigment having an organic pigment as a matrix and an acid group or m and an aromatic group as a substituent, and specifically, a ketone pigment, a naphthalene phthalocyanine-azo pigment, Quinoline yellow pigment, isomeric, porphyrin pigment, anthraquinone pigment, porphyrin pigment, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, s homologous pigment, and the like. Also included is usually $ #一%々% by pigments of naphthalene, diterpene, quinoline, etc., yellowish &amp; + $ square aromatic polycyclic compound Bajing He biological, Japanese can be used曰本特开平1 1-49974 曰本特开平1 1 - 1 89732号八琥公告, Japan Special Kaiping-22- 201222143

號公報、.日本特開ZOOi-hQio號公報等中所記載者。 10-245501 號公報、 特開平8-295810號 報、日本特開2005-2: 相對於顏料之質量,顏料衍生物在顏料分散組成物 中的含量較佳為1質量%〜30質量%,更佳為3質量% 〜20質量%。倘若該含量在上述範圍内,則可將黏度抑 制為較低,同時良好地進行分散,並且提高分散後之分 散穩定性,獲得穿透率較高之優良色特性,製作彩色濾 光片時可構成具有良好之色特性的高對比。 分散之方法例如可藉由預先將顏料與分散劑混合, 將預先利用均質機(homogenizer)等進行分散而得者使用 利用氧化錯珠等之珠式分散機等將其微分散而進行。 本發明中’於使用染料作為(A)著色劑之情形時,可 獲得經均勻溶解之著色感光性樹脂組成物。 就可作為(A)著色劑使用的染料而言,並無特別限 制、可使用作為先前彩色滤光片用途而使用之公知的染 料。例如為日本特開昭64-90403號公報、日本特開昭 M-91102號公報、日本特開平i-94301號公報、日本特 開平6-1 1614號公報、日本特登2592207號、美國專利 第4,808,501號說明書、美國專利第5,667,92〇號說明 書、美國專利第5,059,500號說明書、曰本特開平 5-3 3 3 207號公報、曰本特開平6-35 1 83號公報、曰本特 開平6-5 1115號公報、曰本特開平6- 1 94828號公報、曰 本特開平8-2 1 1 599號公報、日本特開平4-249549號公 -23- 201222143 報、日本特開平10-123316號公報、日本特開平h-302283 號公報、日本特開平7 - 2 8 6 1 0 7號公報、日本特開 200 1 -4 8 23號公報、日本特開平8- 1 5522號公報、日本特 開平8-2977 1號公報、曰本特開平8-14621 5號公報、日 本特開平1 1 - 3 4 3 4 3 7號公報、日本特開平$ · 6 2 4 1 6號公 報、日本特開2002-14220號公報、日本特開2002-14221 號公報、曰本特開2002-14222號公報、日本特開 2002-14223號公報、日本特開平8-302224號公報、曰本 特開平8-73758號公報、曰本特開平8-179120號公報、 曰本特開平8-1 51 531號公報等記載之色素。 就化學結構而言,可使用吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮 系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽吼啶酮系、亞苄基系、 氧雜菁系、。比唑并三唑偶氮系、砒酮偶氮系、花青系' 啡噻啩系、吡咯并吡唑次甲基偶氮系、二苯并哌喃系、 萘醜菁系、苯并吼喃系、靛藍系等之染料。 :(B)在分子内含有選自包含(B-1)以通式(I)表示的結構 單元(B_2)具有N位-取代順丁烯二醯亞胺基的結構單 元及(B-3)以通式(„)表示的結構單元的群組中之至少i 種結構單元之黏合劑樹脂&gt; 本發月的著色感光性樹脂組成物含有(B)黏合劑樹 脂的至少1種。 (B)黏合劑樹脂係在分子内含有選自包含以下 述通式⑴表示的結構單元、(B_2)具有〜立_取代順丁稀 =亞胺基的結構單元及(B_3)以下述通式(聯示的結 早7G的群組中之至少丨種的結構單元者。 -24- 201222143 〔(B-1)以通式⑴表示的結構單元〕 以下’將以下述通式(丨)表示的結構單元適當地稱 為「結構單元(;B -1 &gt; ^Japanese Patent Publication No. ZOOi-hQio, and the like. The content of the pigment derivative in the pigment dispersion composition is preferably from 1% by mass to 30% by mass based on the mass of the pigment, and is more preferably from 1 to 5% by mass. Good for 3 mass% ~ 20 mass%. If the content is within the above range, the viscosity can be suppressed to be low, and dispersion can be performed well, and the dispersion stability after dispersion can be improved, and excellent color characteristics with high transmittance can be obtained, and when a color filter is produced, Forms a high contrast with good color characteristics. The method of dispersing is carried out by mixing a pigment with a dispersing agent in advance, and dispersing it in advance using a homogenizer or the like, and finely dispersing it by using a bead dispersing machine such as oxidized beads. In the case of using a dye as the (A) coloring agent in the present invention, a uniformly colored colored photosensitive resin composition can be obtained. The dye which can be used as the (A) coloring agent is not particularly limited, and a known dye which is used as a color filter for the prior art can be used. For example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO-64-90403, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. H-91102, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 4,808,501, U.S. Patent No. 5,667,92, the specification of U.S. Patent No. 5,059,500, U.S. Patent Publication No. 5-3 3 3 207, Sakamoto Kaiping 6-35 1 83, and Sakamoto Kaiping 6-5 1115, 曰本特开平6- 1 94828, 曰本特开平8-2 1 1 599号, Japanese Unexamined 4-249549号 -23-201222143, Japan Special Kaiping 10- Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. H07-302283, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 8-2977, No. 8-14621, No. 8-14621, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1 1 - 3 4 3 4 3 7 , Japanese Special Report No. 8 · 2 2 4 1 6 Japanese Patent Publication No. 2002-14220, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-14221, Sakamoto Special Publication No. 2002-14222, and Japanese Special Open 2002 A pigment described in, for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 8- No. Hei. No. Hei. As the chemical structure, a pyrazole azo type, an anilino azo type, a triphenylmethane type, an anthraquinone type, an acridone type, a benzylidene type, or an oxaphthalene type can be used. Bisazotriazole azo, anthraquinone azo, cyanine thiophenanthene, pyrrolopyrazole methine azo, dibenzopyran, naphthalene, benzopyrene Dyes, indigo and other dyes. (B) containing, in the molecule, a structural unit selected from the group consisting of (B-1) a structural unit represented by the formula (I) (B_2) having an N-substituted maleimide group and (B-3) (Binder resin of at least i kinds of structural units in the group of structural units represented by the general formula („)> The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present month contains at least one of (B) a binder resin. B) The binder resin contains, in the molecule, a structural unit selected from the group consisting of a structural unit represented by the following formula (1), (B_2) having a fluorene-substituted cis-butylene-imide group, and (B_3) having the following formula ( At least one of the structural units of the group of 7G in the early stage is linked. -24- 201222143 [(B-1) structural unit represented by the general formula (1)] The following 'will be expressed by the following general formula (丨) The structural unit is appropriately referred to as "structural unit (; B -1 &gt; ^

16ο R II c丨c16ο R II c丨c

二RIC 4 ί 5RIC—R IIo 3Two RIC 4 ί 5RIC-R IIo 3

1· 1RIGIR %f/ tmmmmw ✓f\ 2 通式⑴T,〜Rl5各自獨立地表示 原子、氰基、烷基或芳基,Rl 6表示氫原子或曱基。 就通式(I)之中的R11〜Ris而言,較佳為各自獨立 氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基、碳原子數1〜12的烷基或 原子數5〜14的芳基,其中更佳為氫原子、溴原子、 原子、氰基、碳原子數1〜7的烷基或碳原子數5〜10 芳基。 前述烧基亦可具有取代基,就烷基而言’可為直鍵 分支或環狀,可列舉碳原子數丨〜7的烷基,較佳為 基、正丙基、異丙基、第三丁基等。 又,前述芳基亦可具有取代基,就取代基而言, 列舉碳原子數1〜7 @ 。 巧反暴或奴原子數5〜丨4 較佳為苯基、呋喃基、萘基。 方基專 此等之甲,通式⑴之較佳者係Rn〜R,5各自獨立 -25- 201222143 氫原子、甲基、苯基或鹵素原子,R16為氫原子或曱基者。 〔(B-2)具有N位-取代順丁烯二醯亞胺基的結構單元〕 以下,將(B-2)具有N位-取代順丁烯二醯亞胺基的 結構單元適當地稱為「結構單元(B-2)」。就結構單元(B-2) 而言,例如可列舉下述所示之結構單元。1·1RIGIR %f/ tmmmmw ✓f\ 2 The general formula (1), and R15 each independently represent an atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R16 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group. R11 to Ris in the general formula (I) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 5 to 14 atoms, more Preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, a bromine atom, an atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms. The above-mentioned alkyl group may have a substituent, and in the case of an alkyl group, 'may be a straight bond or a ring, and an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨~7, preferably a group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, or a Tributyl and the like. Further, the aryl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a carbon number of 1 to 7 @. The violent or slave atomic number 5~丨4 is preferably a phenyl group, a furyl group or a naphthyl group. The group A, the preferred one of the formula (1) is Rn~R, 5 each independently -25- 201222143 A hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a phenyl group or a halogen atom, and R16 is a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group. [(B-2) Structural unit having an N-substituted maleimide group] Hereinafter, a structural unit having a N-substituted maleimide group of (B-2) is appropriately referred to It is "Structural Unit (B-2)". The structural unit (B-2) includes, for example, the structural unit shown below.

〔 (B-3)以通式(II)表示的結構單元〕 以下,將以下述通式(II)表示的結構單元適當地稱為 結構單元(B-3)」。[(B-3) Structural unit represented by the formula (II)] Hereinafter, the structural unit represented by the following formula (II) is appropriately referred to as a structural unit (B-3).

〇 R22 Ο〇 R22 Ο

R23R23

-26- 201222143 通式(II)中,R2!表示氫原子或曱基,R22表示碳原子 數1 6的伸^ι基。r23及r24各自獨立地表示氫原子或 厌原子數4以下的烷基。r23與r24可互相鍵結形成碳原 子環。 通式(Π)之較佳者係為氫原子、R22為亞曱基或 伸乙基、R23及R24互相鍵結形成6員環者。 -⑻黏合劑樹脂在分子内只I具有ϋ自&amp;含結構單 π(Β-1)、結構單元(Β2)及結構單元(β_3)之群組中之至 少1種即可’亦可具有2種以上。 在包含複數個前述各結構單元的情 元㈣與結構單元(Β_2)的組合般,可為互相屬 組之:構單元的彼此’可為屬於相同的結構單元,例如 結構單元(Β-1)之互相不同的結構單元的彼此。 抑—就本發明之中的(Β)黏合劑樹脂而言,在前述各結構 單元之中’較佳為具有結構單元(B l)。 (Β)黏合劑樹脂較佳為在分子内合計含有5〇莫耳% 以上90莫耳%以下之(β」)以通式⑴表示的結構單元、 (B 2) 3有n位—取代順丁烯二醯亞胺基的結構單元及 (B-3)以通式(11)表示的結構單元,更佳為含有5〇莫耳% 以上、80莫耳%以下’進一步更佳為含有6〇莫耳%以 上、80莫耳%以下。倘若黏合劑樹脂之中的前述結構單 疋的總量在上述範圍内,則顯影寬容度變良好、曝光後 之顯影時膜減小會變少且製得之硬化膜的表面平滑性變 良好。 另外,其中含有20莫耳%以上9〇莫耳%以下之結 -27- 201222143 構單元(B -1)係更佳’詳細地說’較佳為含有5 〇莫耳% 以上80莫耳%以下之結構單元(Β-1)、50莫耳%以上8〇 莫耳%以下之結構單元(Β-2)、50莫耳%以上80莫耳% 以下之結構單元(Β-3)的態樣。 〔具有酸性基的結構單元〕 此外’(Β)黏合劑樹脂在分子内可具備具有酸性基的 結構單元。 就具有酸性基的結構單元而言,可列舉來自於含竣 基之不飽和單體的結構單元。就含羧基之不飽和單體而 言,係丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、丁烯酸、α_氣丙烯酸、肉 桂酸等之不飽和一元酸類;順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸酐、 反丁烯二酸、伊康酸、伊康酸酐、甲基順丁烯二酸、無 水甲基順丁烯二酸、中康酸等之不飽和二元酸或其酐 類’ 3價以上的不飽和多價羧酸或其酐類;丁二酸單 〔2-(曱基)丙烯酿氧基乙基〕酯、鄰苯二甲酸單〔2·(曱 基)丙烯醯氧基乙基〕酯等之2價以上的多價羧酸的單 〔(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基〕酯類;ω -羧基聚己内酯單甲 基丙烯酸酯等之在兩末端上具有羧基與羥基的高分子之 單曱基丙烯酸酯類等。 此等含羧基之不飽和單體之中,丁二酸單(2_丙烯醯 氧基乙基)酯及鄰苯二甲酸單(2_丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯,各 自以Μ-5300及Μ_54〇〇(東亞合成(股)製)的商品名在市 面上販售。 在樹脂中可單獨含有或含有2種以上的上述含羧基 之不飽和單體。 -28- 201222143 此專之中’就具有較佳酸性基之結構单元而言,係 來自於羧酸.、羧酸之硫族元素類似物、疊氮酸[RC(== NNH2)OH]、曱亞胺酸[RC(;= NH)OH]、確酸[rs(o)2oh]、 亞磺酸[RS(0)0H]、次磺酸[RS〇H]、硒酸[RSe(0)20H]、 亞硒酸[RSe(0)0H]、次硒酸[RSeOH]、磷酸與其酸性相 關化合物、矽酸、硼酸之類似物的結構單元,特佳為來 自於丙烯酸、曱基丙烯酸及磷酸的結構單元。 (B)黏合劑樹脂之中的具有酸性基之結構單元的含 量較佳為5莫耳%以上5〇莫耳%以下,更佳為1〇莫耳 %以上30莫耳%以下。倘若於此範圍内,則顯影時之表 面平滑度與耐熱性良好。 ~ (B)黏合劑樹脂除了前述的各結構單元以外’亦可入 有其他結構單元。就其他結構單元而言彳列舉二 下述不飽和單體之結構單元: 、 r丞本乙烯、鄰乙烯基甲苯、间 甲本、對乙晞基曱苯、射裔成 間甲氧芙装r膝 烤、鄰〒氧基苯乙烯 门T乳暴笨乙烤、對甲訇其埜7 &amp; 了Τ虱基本乙烯、鄰乙烯基苄某甲 驗、間乙烯基苄美甲其Μ 甲 烯美爷其产e ^ 土…、+乙稀基苄基甲基醚、鄰 土 土衣氧丙基醚、間乙烯基班 樣其笔並re 土衣氧丙基鱗、斜 蹲基卞基裱氧丙基醚箄芸 对 t 土鲇寻之方香族乙烯基化合物; P、1 -甲基茚等之茚類; 甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基内烯酸乙酯 丙酯、甲基丙烯酸異丙酯、甲缺 土 酸, 烯酸異丁酯、甲I 土丙烯酉夂正丁酯、甲基 W敗井j S曰、甲基丙烯酸第- 田* 乐一 丁醋、甲基丙烯酸第:r_ 酉曰、甲基丙婦酸-2_經乙醋、 弟一 土丙婦S夂-2-經丙g旨、甲^ -29· 201222143 丙烯酸-3-羥丙酯、甲基丙烯酸_2_羥丁酯、甲基丙烯酸·3-經丁 S旨、曱基丙稀酸-4-經丁自旨、甲基丙稀酸烯丙S旨、曱 基丙烯酸苄醋、甲基丙烯酸環己醋、苯基甲基丙稀酸g旨、 曱基丙稀酸-2-曱氧基乙酯、甲基丙稀酸-2-苯氧基乙酯、 甲氧基二乙二醇甲基丙稀酸酯、曱氧基三乙二醇甲基丙 烯酸醋、甲氧基丙二醇曱基丙烯酸酯、甲氧基二丙二醇 曱基丙稀酸酯、曱基丙烯酸異获酯、甲基丙烯酸三環 [5.2.1.0 ]癸烧_8_自旨、甲基丙稀酸_2 -經基-3-苯氧基丙 醋、甘油單甲基丙烯酸酯等之不飽和羧酸酯類; 曱基丙烯酸-2-胺基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-二曱基胺基 乙酷、曱基丙烯酸-2-胺基丙酯、曱基丙烯酸-2-二曱基胺 基丙酯、曱基丙烯酸-3-胺基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸-3-二曱基 胺基丙醋等之不飽和羧酸胺基烷基酯類;曱基丙烯酸環 氧丙醋等之不飽和羧酸環氧丙基酯類;甲基丙烯酸氧雜 環丁醋等之不飽和羧酸氧雜環丁酯類;乙酸乙烯酯、丙 酸乙烯醋、丁酸乙烯酯、笨曱酸乙烯酯等之羧酸乙烯酯 類; 乙烯基甲基醚、乙烯基乙基醚、烯丙基環氧丙基醚 等不飽和醚類; (甲基)丙烯腈、α-氣丙烯腈、氰化亞乙烯等之氰化乙 烯基化合物; (曱基)丙烯醯胺、α-氣丙烯醯胺、Ν-2-羥乙基(曱基) 丙烯醯胺等之不飽和醯胺類; 順丁稀二醯亞胺、Ν -苯基順丁浠二醯亞胺、ν -環己 基順丁烯二醯亞胺等之不飽和醯亞胺類; -30- 201222143 1,3 -丁二烯、異戊二烯、氯丁二烯等之脂肪族共軛 二烯類; 在聚苯乙烯、聚甲基丙烯酸曱酯、聚曱基丙烯酸正 丁酯、聚矽氧烷等之聚合物分子鏈之末端具有單(曱基) 丙烯醯基之巨單體類。 可單獨含有或含有 2種以上之來自於此等不飽和 單體之構成成分。 以下,揭示(B)黏合劑樹脂的例示化合物 1 -1〜1 -8 及例示化合物2〜4 0。 本發明之中的(B)黏合劑樹脂只要滿足上述要件,則 並不限定於此等例示化合物。 例示 化合物 組成 莫耳比 重量平均 分子量 1-1 CO 广〆· co2h 80/20 35000 1-2 同上 50/50 35000 1-3 同上 40/60 35000 1-4 同上 80/20 100000 1-5 同上 80/20 10000 1-6 同上 80/20 20000 1-7 同上 80/20 50000 1-8 同上 95/5 35000 -31 - 201222143 例示 化合物 組成 莫耳比 重里平均 分子量 2 -{ch2-ch-)-彳 ch2-ch|- C=0 COOH 1 o-ch2-ch=ch2 80/20 35000 3 ch3 ch3 i=o iooH och2ch=ch^^ 80/20 35000 4 -^CH2—CH-^— ·~^ΌΗ2—CH-^*-c=0 COOH O-CH—C=CH2 0iH3 80/20 35000 5 ~&quot;^CH2-CH 如-^CH2&quot;~CH·) C=Q COOH d)CH2CH=CH-&lt;^^&gt; 80/20 35000 6 ch3 ch3 -^-CH2~C·^:— —C·)-— C=0 COOH 1 och2ch=ch CN 80/20 35000 7 CH3 ch3 -^CH2-C-^- -(CH2'-C·)- 0=0 COOH 1 och2ch=ch Cl 80/20 35000 8 JcVr C〇Cs^ C02H C〇2 /==^ 70/20/10 35000 -32- 201222143 例示 化合物 組成 莫耳比 重量平均 分子量 9 C Y 七V c :〇2Η ό 70/20/10 35000 10 ( c &gt;r _ ό 70/20/10 35000 -33- 201222143-26- 201222143 In the formula (II), R2! represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and R22 represents a stretching group having a carbon number of 16. Each of r23 and r24 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having an anaerobic number of 4 or less. R23 and r24 may be bonded to each other to form a carbon atom ring. Preferably, the formula (Π) is a hydrogen atom, R22 is a fluorenylene group or an ethyl group, and R23 and R24 are bonded to each other to form a 6-membered ring. - (8) The binder resin may have at least one of the group consisting of a single π (Β-1), a structural unit (Β2), and a structural unit (β_3) in the molecule. 2 or more types. In the combination of the EQ (4) and the structural unit (Β_2) including a plurality of the foregoing structural units, they may be grouped with each other: the mutual units of the constituent units may belong to the same structural unit, such as a structural unit (Β-1). The mutually different structural units are mutually of each other. Further, in the case of the (Β) binder resin in the present invention, it is preferable to have a structural unit (B l) among the above respective structural units. The (Β) binder resin preferably contains 5 〇 mol% or more and 90 mol% or less (β" in a molecule, and has a structural unit represented by the formula (1), and (B 2) 3 has an n-position-substituted cis The structural unit of the butylenediimide group and (B-3) the structural unit represented by the formula (11), more preferably 5 〇 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less 'further more preferably 6 More than 5% by mole, less than 80% by mole. When the total amount of the structural unit 之中 in the binder resin is within the above range, the development latitude becomes good, the film reduction at the time of development after exposure becomes small, and the surface smoothness of the obtained cured film becomes good. Further, the knot -27-201222143 structural unit (B-1) containing 20 mol% or more and 9 mol% or less is more preferably 'detailed' and preferably contains 5 〇 mol% or more and 80 mol%. The following structural unit (Β-1), 50 mol% or more, 8 〇 mol% or less of the structural unit (Β-2), 50 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less of the structural unit (Β-3) kind. [Structural unit having an acidic group] Further, the '()) binder resin may have a structural unit having an acidic group in the molecule. The structural unit having an acidic group may, for example, be a structural unit derived from an unsaturated monomer containing a mercapto group. In the case of a carboxyl group-containing unsaturated monomer, it is an unsaturated monobasic acid such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, α-gas acrylic acid or cinnamic acid; maleic acid, maleic anhydride, and anti-butyl Unsaturated dibasic acid such as enedic acid, itaconic acid, itaconic anhydride, methyl maleic acid, anhydrous methyl maleic acid or mesaconic acid or its anhydride a polyvalent carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof; succinic acid mono [2-(indenyl) propylene oxyethyl] ester, phthalic acid mono [2 (indenyl) propylene oxiranyl ethyl ester] Mono-[(meth)acryloxyalkylene] ester of a polyvalent carboxylic acid having a valence of two or more; ω-carboxypolycaprolactone monomethacrylate or the like having a carboxyl group and a hydroxyl group at both terminals Molecular monodecyl acrylates and the like. Among these carboxyl group-containing unsaturated monomers, succinic acid mono(2-propenyloxyethyl) ester and phthalic acid mono(2-propyleneoxyethyl) ester, each of which is Μ-5300 The trade name of Μ_54〇〇 (East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) is sold in the market. The resin may contain or contain two or more kinds of the above carboxyl group-containing unsaturated monomers alone. -28- 201222143 In this specialty, in terms of structural units having a preferred acidic group, it is derived from a carboxylic acid, a chalcogen analog of a carboxylic acid, a hydrazoic acid [RC(== NNH2)OH],曱imino acid [RC(;= NH)OH], indeed acid [rs(o)2oh], sulfinic acid [RS(0)0H], sulfenic acid [RS〇H], selenate [RSe(0) 20H], selenite [RSe(0)0H], selenoic acid [RSeOH], structural units of phosphoric acid and its acid-related compounds, citric acid, boric acid analogs, especially from acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and A structural unit of phosphoric acid. The content of the structural unit having an acidic group in the binder resin is preferably 5 mol% or more and 5 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol% or more and 30 mol% or less. If it is within this range, the surface smoothness and heat resistance at the time of development are good. ~ (B) The binder resin may have other structural units in addition to the above-described respective structural units. For the other structural units, the following structural units of the unsaturated monomer are listed: r, ethyl, o-vinyltoluene, m-methyl, p-ethyl fluorene, and erbium methoxy Knee-baked, o-nonyloxystyrene door T-milk, stupid B-baked, paired with 訇 訇 野 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 It produces e ^ soil..., + ethyl benzyl methyl ether, adjacent soil oxypropyl ether, m-vinyl-like sample and re-coating oxypropyl scale, oblique sulfhydryl fluorenyl Alkyl quinones for t tones; aromatic phenolic compounds; P, 1-methyl hydrazine, etc.; methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate Ester, unsaturated acid, isobutyl enoate, methyl i propylene butyl butyl acrylate, methyl W sputum j S 曰, methacrylic acid - Tian * Le butyl vinegar, methacrylic acid: r_酉曰, methyl propyl benzoic acid-2 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Hydroxybutyl ester, methacrylic acid · 3- butyl s, thiol acrylate 4- butyl butyl, methyl acrylate acrylonitrile, benzyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid cyclohexan vinegar, phenyl methyl propylene Acid g, mercapto acrylate 2-methoxyethyl ester, methyl propyl 2-phenoxyethyl ester, methoxy diethylene glycol methyl acrylate, decyloxy three Ethylene glycol methacrylate, methoxypropanediol methacrylate, methoxydipropylene glycol decyl acrylate, decyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid tricyclo [5.2.1.0 ] _8 _ self-destination, methacrylic acid _2 - carboxylic acid esters such as benzyl-3-phenoxypropyl vinegar, glycerol monomethacrylate, etc.; 2-aminoethyl methacrylate, A 2-Chindylaminoethyl acrylate, 2-aminopropyl decyl acrylate, 2-didecyl propyl methacrylate, 3-aminopropyl decyl acrylate, A Aminoalkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as 3-didecylaminopropyl acrylate and the like; propylene acrylates of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as methacrylic acid propylene glycol vinegar; Unsaturated carboxylic acid oxetane esters such as cyclobutyl vinegar; acetic acid Vinyl esters of vinyl esters, vinyl vine acetate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl benzoate, etc.; unsaturated ethers such as vinyl methyl ether, vinyl ethyl ether, allyl epoxy propyl ether a cyanide vinyl compound such as (meth)acrylonitrile, α-gas acrylonitrile or vinyl cyanide; (mercapto) acrylamide, α-aluminoxetamine, hydrazine-2-hydroxyethyl ( Anthracene amides such as acrylamide; unsaturated hydrazines such as cis-butyl diimide, fluorenyl-phenyl-butane quinone imine, ν-cyclohexyl-m-butyleneimine, etc. Imines; -30- 201222143 1,3 - aliphatic conjugated dienes of butadiene, isoprene, chloroprene, etc.; in polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polyfluorenyl A macromonomer having a mono(indenyl)acrylonitrile group at the end of a polymer molecular chain such as n-butyl acrylate or polyoxyalkylene oxide. Two or more constituent components derived from such unsaturated monomers may be contained alone or in combination. Hereinafter, (B) the exemplified compounds 1 -1 to 1 -8 of the binder resin and the exemplified compounds 2 to 40 are disclosed. The (B) binder resin in the present invention is not limited to the above-exemplified compounds as long as it satisfies the above requirements. Exemplary compound composition Mohs weight average molecular weight 1-1 CO 〆 · co2h 80/20 35000 1-2 Same as above 50/50 35000 1-3 Same as above 40/60 35000 1-4 Same as above 80/20 100000 1-5 Same as above 80 /20 10000 1-6 Same as above 80/20 20000 1-7 Ibid 80/20 50000 1-8 Ibid. 95/5 35000 -31 - 201222143 The average molecular weight of the compound composition in the molar specific gravity 2 -{ch2-ch-)-彳Ch2-ch|- C = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 —CH-^*-c=0 COOH O-CH—C=CH2 0iH3 80/20 35000 5 ~&quot;^CH2-CH as -^CH2&quot;~CH·) C=Q COOH d)CH2CH=CH-&lt ;^^&gt; 80/20 35000 6 ch3 ch3 -^-CH2~C·^:—C·)-— C=0 COOH 1 och2ch=ch CN 80/20 35000 7 CH3 ch3 -^CH2-C- ^- -(CH2'-C·)- 0=0 COOH 1 och2ch=ch Cl 80/20 35000 8 JcVr C〇Cs^ C02H C〇2 /==^ 70/20/10 35000 -32- 201222143 exemplified compound Composition Mohr ratio Weight average molecular weight 9 CY Seven V c : 〇 2 Η ό 70/20/10 35000 10 ( c &gt;r _ ό 70/20/10 35000 -33- 201222143

-34- 201222143-34- 201222143

-35- 201222143 例示 化合物 組成 莫耳比-35- 201222143 Illustrative Compound Composition Moerby

重董平均 分子S 31 ΟHeavy Dong average molecule S 31 Ο

C02H 6 30/50/20 35000 32 ΟC02H 6 30/50/20 35000 32 Ο

cof^ co2h 、N ό 30/50/20 35000 33Cof^ co2h , N ό 30/50/20 35000 33

OO

N Ό C02H 6 50/30/20 35000 34N Ό C02H 6 50/30/20 35000 34

OO

C02H 50/30/20 35000 35C02H 50/30/20 35000 35

OO

N co2h 70/30 20000 _^ch2—C^- c=o co2h 36 70/30 20000N co2h 70/30 20000 _^ch2—C^- c=o co2h 36 70/30 20000

OO

-36- 201222143 例示 化合物 誠 莫耳比 遒a平均 分子童 37 4^1)· co2h 0乂 ό 60/20/20 35000 33 coT^ coo^/C^ 60/20/20 35000 39 0人0人0°'° ^0Η 60/21/19 14000 40 Kf)- 0¾ ^ f 6 , °δ° 25/25/25/25 30000 (B)黏合劑樹脂之重量平均分子量,較佳為10000 100000之範圍,更佳為10000〜50000之範圍,進一 更佳為1 0 0 0 0〜4 0 0 0 0之範圍,倘若在此範圍内,則形 之圖案的顯影性、直線性變為良好。 相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物之固體成分,本發 的著色感光性樹脂組成物之中的(B)黏合劑樹脂的含 較佳為10質量%〜50質量%之範圍,更佳為15質量 〜40質量%之範圍。 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組成物亦可含有本發明 中的特定成分之前述(B)黏合劑樹脂以外之結構的 脂。就(B)黏合劑樹脂以外之結構的樹脂而言,只要是 步 成 明 量 % 之 樹 可 -37- 201222143 對著色劑發揮黏 相對於顯影處理 液具有可溶性者 烯酸系共聚物, 飽和單體與其他 物。 合劍之作用,且當製造彩色濾光片時, 步驟所使用之顯影液、特佳為鹼性顯影 則無特別限定,較佳為具有缓基之丙 特佳為具有1個以上之缓基的乙稀性不 可共聚合之乙烯性不飽和單體的共聚 本發月之中,就具有前述(B)黏合劑樹脂以外的結構 而可併用的樹脂的具體例子而言,可列舉 曱基丙烯酸/曱基丙烯酸甲酯共聚物、 甲基丙烯酸/曱基丙烯酸苄酯共聚物、 曱基丙烯酸/2-甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯共聚 物、 甲基丙稀酸/曱基丙婦酸甲醋/聚苯乙稀巨單體共聚物、 甲基丙稀酸/曱基丙烯酸甲酿/聚甲基曱基丙烯酸酯巨單 體共聚物、 甲基丙烯酸/曱基丙稀酸苄酯/聚苯乙稀巨單體共聚物、 甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/聚甲基曱基丙烯酸酯巨單 體共聚物、 甲基丙稀酸/ 2-甲基丙稀酸經乙醋/甲基丙稀酸苄醋/聚苯 乙烯巨單體共聚物、 曱基丙烯酸/2-甲基丙烯酸羥乙酯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/聚曱 基曱基丙烯酸酯巨單體共聚物等。 又’亦可使用如下之含有環氧基環或氧雜環丁烷環 的樹脂。 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/曱基丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸院_8. •38- 201222143 酯/甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯共聚物、 苯乙烯/丙烯酸/丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02’6]癸烷-8-酯/丙烯酸 環氧丙酯共聚物、 甲基丙烯酸苄酯/曱基丙烯酸/3-(甲基丙烯醯氧基曱基) 氧雜環丁烷/甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯共聚物、 甲基丙烯酸苄酯/曱基丙烯酸/3-(曱基丙烯醯氧基曱 基)-3-乙基氧雜環丁烷/苯乙烯共聚物、 丁二烯/苯乙烯/曱基丙烯酸/曱基丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6] 癸烷-8-酯/曱基丙烯酸環氧丙酯共聚物、 丁二烯/曱基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02’6]癸烷- 8-酯/甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯共聚物、 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸三環[5.2.1 ·02’6]癸烷- 8-酯/曱基丙烯酸-6,7-環氧基庚酯共聚物、 苯乙烯/丙烯酸/順丁烯二酸酐/曱基丙烯酸-6,7-環氧基庚 酯共聚物、 曱基丙烯酸第三丁酯/丙烯酸/順丁烯二酸酐/曱基丙烯酸 -6,7 -環氧基庚酯共聚物、 苯乙烯/曱基丙烯酸/曱基丙烯酸曱酯/曱基丙烯酸環氧丙 酯共聚物、 對曱氧基苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/丙烯酸環己酯/曱基丙烯酸 環氧丙酯共聚物。 &lt; (C)聚合性化合物〉 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組成物含有(C)聚合性化 合物。 可用於本發明之聚合性化合物係具有至少一個乙烯 -39- 201222143 性不飽和雙鍵的加成聚合性化合物,可自具有至少丄 個、較佳為2個以上之末端乙烯性不飽和鍵的化合物中 選擇。如此之化合物群係該產業領域中廣為人知者,本 發明可無特別限定地使用此等。此等具有如下化學形 態:單體’預聚物(prepolymer)即二聚物、三聚物及寡聚 物’或該等之混合物以及該等之共聚物等。就單體及其 共聚物之例而§ ’可使用不飽和叛酸(例如丙稀酸、甲基 丙烯酸、伊康酸、丁烯酸、異丁烯酸、順丁烯二酸等) 或其醋類、S盘胺類’較佳為使用不飽和叛酸與脂肪族多 元醇化合物之酯、不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多胺化合物之醯 胺類。 又’亦適宜使用:具有羥基或胺基、巯基等親核性 取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或者醯胺類與單官能或者多官能 異氰酸醋類或者環氧類的加成反應生成物,及與單官能 或者多官能之羧酸的脫水縮合反應生成物等。又,亦適 宜使用:具有異氰酸基或環氣基等親電子性取代基之不 飽和緩酸醋或者醯胺類與單官能或者多官能之醇類、胺 類、硫醇類的加成反應物,及具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧 等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或者醯胺類與單官能或 者多官能之醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物。又,就 其他例子而言’亦可使用將上述之不飽和羧酸置換為不 飽和膦酸、笨乙烯、乙烯基醚等之化合物群。 另外’本說明書中將丙烯酸酯與甲基丙烯酸酯統稱 並記載為甲基丙稀酸醋。 就脂肪族多元醇化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯的單體的 -40- 201222143 具體例子而言,甲基丙烯酸酯可列舉乙二醇二甲基丙烯 酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二甲基丙 烯酸酯、丁二醇二曱基丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二曱基丙烯酸 S曰、新戊二醇二曱基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三曱基丙 烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三((曱基)丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三 备曱基乙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、己二醇二曱基丙烯酸醋、 1,4 -%己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二曱基丙烯酸 酯、新戊四醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸 酯、新戊四醇四曱基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇二曱基丙烯 酸酯、二新戊四醇五甲基丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六甲基 丙烯酸酿、山梨醇三丙烯酸酯、山梨醇四甲基丙烯酸醋、 山梨醇五甲基丙烯酸酯、山梨醇六曱基丙烯酸酯、三((甲 基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯、聚酯曱基丙烯酸酯 寡聚物、異三聚氰酸EO改質三曱基丙烯酸酯、 雙紛A二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚a二甲基丙烯酸酯EO 改質體、三羥曱基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基丙烷 二((曱基)丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三羥甲基乙烷三甲基丙稀 酸i旨、四乙二醇二曱基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇二丙烯酸酿、 酸酯、 酯E〇 為較佳 新戊四醇三曱基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四曱基丙稀 二新戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四丙稀駿 改質體、二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯E 0改質體等作 者。 就伊康酸酯而言,有乙二醇二伊康酸、 ^醇- 伊康酸 日、内 伊康酸酯、1,3_丁二醇二伊康酸酯、1,4-丁二醇_ 酯、丁二醇二伊康酸酯、新戊四醇二伊康 201222143 四伊康酸酯等。▲ 丁二醇二巴豆萨就t丁烯酸酯而言,有乙二醇二巴豆酸酯、 巴豆酸酯)等^ ^酯、新戊四醇二巴豆酸酯、山梨醇四(二 酯、新戊四醇—尤異丁烯酸酯而言,有乙二醇二異巴豆酸 就順丁烯二醆酽異巴豆酸酯、山梨醇四異巴豆酸酯等。 二馬來酸輯、:而言’有乙二醇二馬來酸酯、三乙二醇 等。 戍四醇二馬來酸酯、山梨醇四馬來酸酉旨 就其他酯的 昭5 1 -47334號八’子而言,例如亦可適當使用日本特公 記載之脂肪族醇&gt;報、日本特開昭57- 1 9623丨號公報中所 日本特開昭59系酷類,或日本特開昭59-5240號公報、 號公報中所記號公報、日本專特開平2 _ 226 149 κ 之具有芳香族系骨架者’日本特開平 1-165613號公報 订幵』卞 所記載之具有胺基者等。 又’就脂肪旅夕 %多胺化合物與不飽和羧酸之醯胺的單 體的具體例子而 s ’有亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、亞甲基雙甲 基丙稀醯胺、^ 亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、1,6-六亞甲基雙 甲基丙稀酿胺、二乙三胺參丙烯醯胺、苯二甲基雙丙烯 酿胺、苯二甲基雙甲基丙烯醯胺等。就其他之較佳的醯 胺系單體的例子而言’可列舉日本特公昭54-2 1 726號公 報記載之具有伸環己基結構者。 又,使用利用異氰酸酯與羥基之加成反應所製造的 月*基甲酸醋糸加成聚合性化合物亦適宜,就如此之具體 例子而言,例如可列舉日本特公昭48_4 1708號公報中所 記載之對1分子中具有2個以上異氰酸基的聚異氰酸酯 化合物加成以下述通式(ν)表示之含有羥基的乙烯基單 -42- 201222143 體而成的1分子中含有2個以上聚合性乙烯基的乙烯基 胺基甲酸酯化合物等。 通式(V) CH2= C(R4)COOCH2CH(R5)OH (V) (其中,R4及R5各自獨立地表示Η或CH3) 又,亦適宜使用··日本特開昭5 1 -37 1 93號公報、曰 本特公平2-32293號公報、曰本特公平2- 1 6765號公報 中所記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類,或日本特公昭 5 8-49860號公報、日本特公昭56- 1 7654號公報、日本特 公昭62-3 9417號公報、日本特公昭62-394 1 8號公報中 所記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基曱酸酯化合物類。 此外,藉由使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特 開昭63-260909號公報、日本特間平1 -105238號公報中 所記載之分子内具有胺基結構或硫醚結構的加成聚合性 化合物類,可獲得感光速度非常優良之光聚合性組成物。 就其他例子而言,可列舉日本特開昭48-641 83號公 報、日本特公昭49-43 1 9 1號公報、日本特公昭52-30490 號公報之各公報中所記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類、環氧樹脂 與甲基丙烯酸反應而獲得之環氧基丙烯酸酯類等多官能 性丙烯酸酯或曱基丙烯酸酯。又,可列舉日本特公昭 46-43946號公報、日本特公平1 -40337號公報、日本特 公平1 -40336號公報中所記載之特定不飽和化合物,或 曰本特開平2-25493號公報中所記載之乙烯基膦酸系化 合物等。又,有時亦適宜使用日本特開昭6 1-22048號公 報中所記載之含有全氟烷基之結構。 -43- 201222143 又,就市售品而言,較佳為胺基曱酸酯寡聚物 UAS-10、UAB-140(日本製纸(股)(Nippon Paper Industries Co·,Ltd.)製)、DPHA(曰本化藥公司(Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)製)、UA-30 6H、UA-3 06T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、 AI-600(共榮社化學工業(Kyoei Chemical Co·,Ltd.)製)。 此外亦可使用日本接着協會誌、(Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan) vol.20, No.7,300 〜308 頁 (1 984年)中所介紹之光硬化性單體及寡聚物。 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組成物中之(C)聚合性化 合物之較佳態樣為使用在分子内含有5個以上1 5個以下 之聚合性基的化合物與在分子内含有1個以上4個以下 之聚合性基的化合物的混合物。就在分子内含有5個以 上1 5個以下之聚合性基的化合物及在分子内含有1個以 上4個以下之聚合性基的化合物而言,較佳可列舉以下 的化合物。 就在分子内含有5個以上1 5個以下之聚合性基的化 合物的例子而言,有二新戊四醇五甲基丙烯酸酯、二新 戊四醇六甲基丙烯酸酯、山梨醇五甲基丙烯酸酯、山梨 醇六甲基丙烯酸酯及 U-6HA、U-15HA、UA-32P、 ϋΑ-7200(以上,新中村化學公司(Shin_Nakamura-36- 201222143 Illustrative compound Cheng Mo Er Bi 遒a average molecular child 37 4^1)· co2h 0乂ό 60/20/20 35000 33 coT^ coo^/C^ 60/20/20 35000 39 0 people 0 people 0°'° ^0Η 60/21/19 14000 40 Kf)- 03⁄4 ^ f 6 , °δ° 25/25/25/25 30000 (B) Weight average molecular weight of the binder resin, preferably in the range of 10,000 100000 More preferably, it is in the range of 10,000 to 50,000, and further preferably in the range of 1 to 0 0 0 to 4 0 0 0. If it is within this range, the developability and linearity of the pattern of the shape become good. The content of the (B) binder resin in the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 15% by mass, based on the solid content of the coloring photosensitive resin composition. ~40% by mass range. The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a resin having a structure other than the above-mentioned (B) binder resin of the specific component of the present invention. For the resin of the structure other than the (B) binder resin, as long as it is a step of the amount of the tree, it can be -37-201222143. The colorant is viscous with respect to the developing treatment liquid, and the soluble olefinic acid copolymer is saturated. Body and other things. When the color filter is manufactured, the developing solution used in the step, particularly preferably alkaline development, is not particularly limited, and it is preferred that the propidyl group having a slow base has one or more retarding groups. In the copolymerization of the ethylene-unsaturated monomer which is not copolymerizable with ethylene, the specific example of the resin which can be used in combination with the structure other than the binder (B) is thiol-acrylic acid. /Methyl methacrylate copolymer, methacrylic acid / benzyl methacrylate copolymer, methacrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / benzyl methacrylate copolymer, methyl acrylate / sulfhydryl Methyl acetonate/polystyrene macromonomer copolymer, methacrylic acid/mercapto acrylate styrene/polymethyl methacrylate acrylate macromonomer copolymer, methacrylic acid/mercapto acrylic acid Benzyl ester/polystyrene macromonomer copolymer, methacrylic acid/benzyl methacrylate/polymethylmercaptoacrylate macromonomer copolymer, methyl acrylate/2-methylpropionic acid Ethyl vinegar / methyl methacrylate benzyl vinegar / polystyrene macromonomer copolymer, methacrylic acid / 2 - methyl Hydroxyethyl acrylate / benzyl methacrylate / poly Yue Yue yl acrylate macromonomer copolymer. Further, a resin containing an epoxy group or an oxetane ring as follows may be used. Styrene/methacrylic acid/mercaptoacrylic acid tricyclo [5.2.1.02,6] 癸院_8. •38- 201222143 Ester/glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, styrene/acrylic acid/acrylic tricyclo [5.2 .1.02'6]decane-8-ester/glycidyl acrylate copolymer, benzyl methacrylate/mercaptoacrylic acid/3-(methacryloxycarbonyl) oxetane/methyl Third butyl acrylate copolymer, benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / 3-(mercapto propylene fluorenyl fluorenyl)-3-ethyl oxetane / styrene copolymer, butadiene / Styrene/mercaptoacrylic acid/mercaptoacrylic acid tricyclo [5.2.1.02,6] decane-8-ester/methacrylic acid glycidyl ester copolymer, butadiene/mercaptoacrylic acid/methacrylic acid tricyclic [ 5.2.1.02'6] decane-8-ester/glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, styrene/methacrylic acid/methacrylic acid tricyclo[5.2.1 ·02'6]decane-8-ester /Mercaptoacrylic acid-6,7-epoxyheptyl ester copolymer, styrene/acrylic acid/maleic anhydride/mercaptoacrylic acid-6,7-epoxyheptyl ester copolymer, methacrylic acid tert-butyl Ester/acrylic acid/maleic anhydride/mercaptoacrylic acid-6 , 7-epoxyheptyl ester copolymer, styrene/mercaptoacrylic acid/decyl acrylate/glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, p-nonyl styrene/methacrylic acid/cyclohexyl acrylate/ A methacrylic acid glycidyl acrylate copolymer. &lt;(C) Polymerizable Compound> The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (C) a polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound which can be used in the present invention is an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylene-39-201222143 unsaturated double bond, and can have at least one, preferably two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Choose among the compounds. Such a compound group is widely known in the industrial field, and the present invention can be used without any particular limitation. These have the following chemical forms: monomer &quot;prepolymer&quot;, i.e., dimers, trimers, and oligomers&apos; or mixtures thereof, and copolymers thereof. For the case of monomers and their copolymers, § 'Can use unsaturated acid (such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or its vinegar The S-cylinder amine is preferably an ester of an unsaturated tetacid and an aliphatic polyol compound, an amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyamine compound. Further, it is also suitably used: an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a fluorenyl group, or an addition reaction product of a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or an epoxy compound. And a dehydration condensation reaction product with a monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid. Further, it is also suitable to use an unsaturated acid vinegar or a guanamine having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or a cyclopentyl group, and an addition of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol. a reactant, and a substituted carboxylic acid ester having a detachable substituent such as a halogen group or tolsulfonyloxy group or a substituted reactant of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol. Further, as another example, a compound group in which the above unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced with an unsaturated phosphonic acid, stupid ethylene or vinyl ether can also be used. Further, in the present specification, acrylate and methacrylate are collectively referred to as methyl acrylate vinegar. As a specific example of the monomer of the aliphatic polyol compound and the ester of the unsaturated carboxylic acid, the methacrylate may, for example, be ethylene glycol dimethacrylate or diethylene glycol dimethacrylate. , 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, butanediol dimercapto acrylate, propylene glycol dimercaptoacrylic acid S曰, neopentyl glycol dimercapto acrylate, trimethylolpropane tridecyl acrylate Ester, trimethylolpropane tris((indenyl) propylene methoxypropyl) ether, trisyl ethane trimethacrylate, hexanediol dimercapto acrylate, 1,4 -% hexane Alcohol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimercapto acrylate, neopentyl alcohol dimethacrylate, neopentyl alcohol trimethacrylate, neopentyl alcohol tetradecyl acrylate, dioxane Tetracohol dimercapto acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta methacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylic acid brewing, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetramethacrylic acid vinegar, sorbitol penta methacrylic acid Ester, sorbitol hexamethylene acrylate, tris((meth) propylene methoxyethyl Iso-polycyanate, polyester methacrylate oligomer, EO-modified tridecyl acrylate, bis-A dimethacrylate, bisphenol a dimethacrylate EO Plastid, trihydroxymercaptopropane trimethacrylate, trishydroxypropyl propane bis((indenyl) propylene methoxypropyl) ether, trimethylolethane trimethyl propyl acid i, four Ethylene glycol dimercapto acrylate, neopentyl alcohol diacrylic acid, acid ester, ester E 〇 is preferably pentaerythritol tridecyl acrylate, neopentyl alcohol tetradecyl propylene dipentaerythritol Authors such as tetramethacrylate, neopentyl alcohol tetrapropyl benzoate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate E 0 modified body. In the case of itaconate, there are ethylene glycol diconic acid, glycerol-iconic acid day, neconate, 1,3-butanediol diconconate, 1,4-butane Alcohol _ ester, butanediol diconcanate, neopentyl alcohol diconcon 201222143 tetraconate ester and the like. ▲ Butanediol dicropped in terms of t crotonate, there are ethylene glycol dicrotonate, crotonate, etc., esters, pentaerythritol dicrotonate, sorbitol tetra (diester, In the case of pentaerythritol-isomethacrylate, there are ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, maleic acid, isosorbide, sorbitol tetraisocrotonate, etc. 'Ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol, etc.. Tetrakiol dimaleate, sorbitol tetramaleate, for other esters, No. 5 1 - 47334, 'eight', For example, it is also possible to use, as appropriate, an aliphatic alcohol described in Japanese Patent Publications, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO 57-196-23A, or Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 59-5240. In the bulletin of the Japanese Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2, 226 149 κ, the aromatic skeleton, etc. A specific example of a monomer of a polyamine compound and a decylamine of an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and s 'methylenebisbisacrylamide, methylene bismethyl propylene Amine, methylene bis propylene amide, 1,6-hexamethylene dimethyl propylene amine, diethylene triamine propylene amide, benzodimethyl propylene amide, benzodimethyl bis Methyl acrylamide and the like. Examples of other preferred amide-based monomers include those having a cyclohexylene structure as described in JP-A-54-2 1726. Further, the use of isocyanate and In the case of the addition of a hydroxy group, the addition of a polymerizable compound to the hydroxy group of the hydroxy group is also suitable. For the specific example, for example, it is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48_4 1708. Addition of a polyisocyanate compound having an isocyanate group to a vinylamine having two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule of a vinyl group-42-201222143 having a hydroxyl group represented by the following formula (ν) Carbamate compound, etc. Formula (V) CH2=C(R4)COOCH2CH(R5)OH (V) (wherein R4 and R5 each independently represent hydrazine or CH3) Also suitable for use in Japan ZHAO 5 1 -37 1 Bulletin No. 93, 曰本特公平2-32-293, 曰本特公平2- 1 6765 The urethane acrylates described in the publication, Japanese Patent Publication No. 5 8-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 56-117654, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-3 9417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62- An amino phthalate compound having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton, which is described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 63-277653, An addition polymerizable compound having an amine group structure or a thioether structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 1-105238, a photopolymerizable composition having a very excellent photospeed can be obtained. Other examples include polyester acrylates described in each of the publications of Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho-48-641-83, Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO-49-43-119, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 52-30490. A polyfunctional acrylate or mercapto acrylate such as an epoxy acrylate obtained by reacting an epoxy resin with methacrylic acid. In addition, the specific unsaturated compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The vinyl phosphonic acid-based compound described above. Further, a structure containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A-61-22048 may be suitably used. Further, in the case of a commercially available product, an amino phthalate oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.) is preferred. , DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-30 6H, UA-3 06T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) Industrial (Kyoei Chemical Co., Ltd.)). Further, photocurable monomers and oligomers described in Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan vol. 20, No. 7, 300-308 (1 984) can also be used. In a preferred embodiment of the (C) polymerizable compound in the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, a compound containing 5 or more and 15 or less polymerizable groups in the molecule is used, and one or more molecules are contained in the molecule. A mixture of the following polymeric groups of compounds. The compound containing five or more polymerizable groups in the molecule and one or more polymerizable groups having four or less in the molecule are preferably the following compounds. Examples of the compound containing 5 or more and 15 or less polymerizable groups in the molecule include dipentaerythritol pentamethyl acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, and sorbitol Acrylate, sorbitol hexamethacrylate and U-6HA, U-15HA, UA-32P, ϋΑ-7200 (above, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. (Shin_Nakamura)

Chemical Co.,Ltd.)製)、TO-2248、2349、1382(以上, 東亞合成公司(Toagosei Co.,Ltd·)製)等。又,可列舉新 戊二醇寡聚甲基丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇寡聚甲基丙烯酸 S旨、1,6 -己二醇券聚曱基丙烯酸g旨、三經曱基丙烧寡聚 曱基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇募聚甲基丙烯酸酯、胺基曱酸 -44 - 201222143 酯曱基丙烯酸酯及環氧基甲基丙烯酸酯等之在分子 有5個以上1 5個以下之(曱基)丙烯醯基的化合物, 此之寡聚物的情形,就分子量而言,較佳為1 000〜 的範圍。 就在分子内含有1個以上4個以下之聚合性基 合物而言,可列舉三羥曱基丙烷三曱基丙烯酸酯、 曱基丙烷PO(環氧丙烷基)改質三曱基丙烯酸酯、三 基丙烷EO(環氧乙烷)改質三曱基丙烯酸酯、新戊四 甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、四羥曱 烷四曱基丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、二( 甲基丙烷)四甲基丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化新戊四醇四甲 稀酸醋等。 當使用在分子内含有5個以上1 5個以下之聚合 的化合物與在分子内含有1個以上4個以下之聚合 的化合物時,在分子内含有5個以上1 5個以下之聚 基的化合物與在分子内含有1個以上4個以下之聚 基的化合物的比例(即,在分子内含有5個以上1 5 下之聚合性基的化合物:在分子内含有1個以上4 下之聚合性基的化合物)以質量換算較佳為60 : 40〜 5之範圍,更佳為70 : 30〜90 : 10之範圍。 在本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物層中的總固 分中,(C)聚合性化合物的含量之合計較佳為1 〇質 〜50質量%,更佳為15質量%〜40質量%、進一 佳為15質量%〜30質量%。 (C)聚合性化合物的含量倘若為上述範圍,則製 内含 在如 5000 的化 三羥 羥甲 醇四 基曱 三羥 基丙 性基 性基 合性 合性 個以 個以 95 : 體成 量% 步更 得之 -45- 201222143 硬化膜的耐熱性變為良好,塗膜 紋之發生被抑制r . 、/成時或後烘烤後的皺 土攸仰制,形成表面粗 力太腺J且千滑的硬化膜。 在本發明的著色感光性樹 化人物} m十' ( 曰,、且成物之中,(c)聚合性 化〇物與後述之(D)光聚合 把於為丨&quot;η职人 月j足買置比「(D)光聚合 起始靠)聚合性化合物」為〇」以 Λ 1 , , Λ Ζ U以下’較佳為 0.1以上1 · 0以下,特佳為 从上υ_9以下。藉由使豆 在上述範圍内,圖案形成性A U ^ 稭田便/、 圆系办戚〖生為良好,與基板的密合性優 良。又’曝光•顯影後的弁置# 旦 ρ1无π尤罩粗大里為充分而抑制圖案 剝離。 &lt; (D)以通式(III)表示的光聚合起始劑&gt; 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組成物含有以下述通式 (III)表示的光聚合起始劑(以下適當地稱為(D)特定起始 劑)的至少i種《藉由含有(D)特定起始劑,在高感度下 進行硬化的同日夺’經形成之著色圖案的供烤後的著色被 抑制。Chemical Co., Ltd.), TO-2248, 2349, 1382 (above, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and the like. Further, examples thereof include neopentyl glycol oligomeric methacrylate, 1,4-butanediol oligomeric methacrylic acid S, 1,6-hexanediol mercapto acrylate, and tris-propyl propyl acrylate. Oligomeric methacrylate, neopentyl alcohol condensed methacrylate, amino phthalic acid-44 - 201222143 ester methacrylate and epoxy methacrylate, etc., more than 5 in the molecule 1 5 The following (fluorenyl) propylene fluorenyl compound, in the case of the oligomer, is preferably in the range of 1 000 Å in terms of molecular weight. Examples of the polymerizable composition containing one or more and four or less polymerizable groups in the molecule include trihydroxymercaptopropane tridecyl acrylate and mercaptopropene PO (propylene oxide group) modified tridecyl acrylate. , triethyl propane EO (ethylene oxide) modified tridecyl acrylate, neopentyl tetramethacrylate, neopentyl alcohol trimethacrylate, tetrahydroxy decane tetradecyl acrylate, neopenta tetra Alcohol tetramethacrylate, di(methylpropane) tetramethacrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetracarboxylic acid vinegar, and the like. When a compound containing 5 or more and 15 or less polymerizations in a molecule and a compound containing 1 or more and 4 or less polymerizations in a molecule are used, a compound having 5 or more and 15 or less poly groups in the molecule is used. a ratio of a compound having one or more polymer groups of four or less in the molecule (that is, a compound containing five or more polymerizable groups in the molecule: one or more polymerizable groups in the molecule) The compound of the base is preferably in the range of 60:40 to 5, more preferably 70:30 to 90:10 in terms of mass. In the total solid content in the colored photosensitive resin composition layer of the present invention, the total content of the (C) polymerizable compound is preferably from 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 15 to 40% by mass, more preferably from 15% by mass to 40% by mass. A good one is 15% by mass to 30% by mass. (C) The content of the polymerizable compound is in the above range, and is contained in a trihydroxy hydroxymethanol tetrakis(3-hydroxypropyl) group having a reactivity of, for example, 5,000. Step-more -45- 201222143 The heat resistance of the cured film becomes good, the occurrence of the coating film is suppressed, the wrinkle after the formation of the film or the post-baking is pressed, and the surface roughness is too gland. Thousand slippery hardened film. In the coloring and sensitizing tree of the present invention, m(c), and (c) polymerized sputum and (D) photopolymerization are described as "丨" It is preferable that the polymerizable compound is "〇" in the "(D) photopolymerization start", and 以下 以下 以下 以下 以下 以下 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳 较佳By making the beans within the above range, the pattern forming property A U ^ straw field/, the round system is good, and the adhesion to the substrate is excellent. In addition, the exposure and development of the device # ‧ ρ1 no π hood is large enough to suppress the pattern peeling. &lt; (D) The photopolymerization initiator represented by the formula (III) The photopolymerization resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator represented by the following formula (III) (hereinafter referred to as appropriately At least i of the (D) specific initiators, the coloring after baking for the colored pattern formed by the same day containing the (D) specific initiator, which is hardened under high sensitivity, is suppressed.

通式(III)中’ X1、X2及X3各自獨立地表示氫原子、 鹵素原子或烷基’ Rl表示-R、-OR、-COR、-SR、-CONRR, -46- 201222143 或CN R及R3各自獨立地表示R 〇R、_c〇R 或NRR 。反及R,各自獨立地表示烷基、芳基、芳 或雜環基,此等之基亦可被選自包含齒素原子及雜 之群、.且中的1個以上取代,構成該烷基及芳烷基之 烷基鏈之妷原子的1個以上亦可被不飽和鍵、醚鍵 鍵置換,R及R’亦可互相鍵結形成環。 上述通式(m)中,就χ1、X2及X3表示齒素原 u京原子而g ,可列舉氟、氣、溴、碘,就 X 2 Ji Y ^ 表示烧基的情形的烷基而言,例如可列舉甲 基丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、 I基、戊基、異戊基、第三戊基、己基、庚基、辛 異t基、2〜乙基己基、第三辛基、壬基、異壬基、癸 異六基、乙烯基、烯丙基、丁烯基、乙炔基、丙炔 Z氧基乙基、乙氡基乙基、丙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙 乙氧基乙氧基乙基、丙氧基乙氧基乙基、曱 :基、單氟甲基、二氟甲基、三氧甲基、三敗乙基 一乙=、2-(苯并嘮唑_2,基)乙烯基等。 八中’較佳為X1、X2及X3均表示氫原子或χ1 烷基χ及X3均表示氫原子。 上述通式(III)中,就以尺及R,表示的烷基而言 如可列舉甲其 7甘 基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁 丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基、第三戊基、己 :基、辛基、異辛基、2_乙基己基、第三辛基、壬 .^癸基、異癸基、乙烯基、烯丙基、丁烯基 、土丙炔基、甲氧基乙基、乙氧基乙基、丙氧基乙 SR、 烧基 環基 中的 或酯 子的 X1、 基、 第三 基、 基、 基、 氧基 氧基 、全 表示 ,例 基、 基、 基、 、乙 基、 -47- 201222143 曱氧基乙氧基乙基、乙氧基乙氧基乙基、丙氧基乙氧基 乙基、曱氧基丙基、單氟曱基、二氟曱基、三氟曱基、 三氟乙基、全氟乙基、2-(苯并嘮唑-2’-基)乙烯基等。 就以R及R ’表示的芳基而言,例如可列舉苯基、曱 苯基、二甲苯基、乙基苯基、氣苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲 基等。 就以R及R’表示的芳烷基而言,例如可列舉苄基、 氣苄基、α-曱基苄基、α,α-二曱基苄基、苯基乙基、苯基 乙烯基等。 就以 R及 R’表示的雜環基而言,例如可列舉吡啶 基、°密。定基、α夫喃基、硫苯基等。 又,就R及R’互相鍵結而形成之環而言,例如可列 舉派σ定環、咮琳環等。 就包含上述R及R’而構成之R2及R3而言,曱基、 己基、環己基、-S-Ph、-S-Ph-Cl或-S-Ph-Br各自獨立地 為特佳的樣態。 在(D)特定聚合起始劑之中,上述通式(III)之中, X1、X2及X3均為氫原子者;R1為烷基,尤其為曱基者; R2為烷基,尤其為甲基者;R3為烷基,尤其為乙基者, 特別適合作為光聚合起始劑。 因此,就以上述通式(111)表示之特定聚合起始劑的 較佳具體例子而言,可列舉在以下例示之化合物 A〜化 合物F。但是,本發明不因以下的化合物而受任何限制。 -48- 201222143In the formula (III), 'X1, X2 and X3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group', and R1 represents -R, -OR, -COR, -SR, -CONRR, -46-201222143 or CN R and R3 each independently represents R 〇R, _c〇R or NRR . And R, each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and these groups may be substituted with one or more selected from the group consisting of a dentate atom and a hetero group, and constitute the alkane. One or more of the ruthenium atoms of the alkyl group and the alkyl chain of the aralkyl group may be replaced by an unsaturated bond or an ether bond, and R and R' may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In the above formula (m), χ1, X2 and X3 represent a dentinogen and a ruthenium atom, and g, and examples thereof include fluorine, gas, bromine, and iodine, and in the case of an alkyl group in the case where X 2 Ji Y ^ represents a burnt group. Examples thereof include methylpropyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, second butyl group, I group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, third pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, and octyl group. 2~Ethylhexyl, tert-octyl, decyl, isodecyl, decylhexyl, vinyl, allyl, butenyl, ethynyl, propynyloxyethyl, ethyl ethyl , propoxyethyl, methoxyethylethoxyethoxyethyl, propoxyethoxyethyl, fluorenyl, monofluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trioxymethyl, triple defeat Ethyl-B-, 2-(benzoxazole-2,yl)vinyl, and the like. Preferably, X8, X2 and X3 each represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrazine 1 alkyl hydrazine and X3 each represent a hydrogen atom. In the above formula (III), the alkyl group represented by the ruler and R may, for example, be a 7-glycolyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutylene group or a t-butyl group. , pentyl, isopentyl, third amyl, hexyl, octyl, isooctyl, 2-ethylhexyl, trioctyl, decyl, isodecyl, vinyl, ally X1, group, third group, group, group of the ester, butenyl group, tert-propargyl group, methoxyethyl group, ethoxyethyl group, propoxyethyl group SR, or an alkyl group ,oxyoxy, fully represented, benzyl, benzyl, ethyl, -47- 201222143 methoxyethoxyethyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, propoxyethoxyethyl , methoxypropyl, monofluorodecyl, difluorodecyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl, perfluoroethyl, 2-(benzoxazole-2'-yl)vinyl, and the like. Examples of the aryl group represented by R and R ' include a phenyl group, a phenylphenyl group, a xylyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a gas phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a phenanthryl group and the like. Examples of the aralkyl group represented by R and R' include a benzyl group, a gas benzyl group, an α-mercaptobenzyl group, an α,α-dimercaptobenzyl group, a phenylethyl group, and a phenylvinyl group. Wait. The heterocyclic group represented by R and R' may, for example, be a pyridyl group or a dense one. Stationary, α-furanyl, thiophenyl, and the like. Further, as for the ring formed by bonding R and R' to each other, for example, a sigma ring, a ruthenium ring or the like can be listed. In the case of R2 and R3 which are composed of the above R and R', the fluorenyl group, the hexyl group, the cyclohexyl group, the -S-Ph, the -S-Ph-Cl or the -S-Ph-Br are each independently excellent. state. In the specific polymerization initiator (D), among the above formula (III), X1, X2 and X3 are each a hydrogen atom; R1 is an alkyl group, especially a fluorenyl group; and R2 is an alkyl group, especially Methyl; R3 is an alkyl group, especially an ethyl group, and is particularly suitable as a photopolymerization initiator. For the preferred specific examples of the specific polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (111), the compounds A to F exemplified below are exemplified. However, the present invention is not limited by the following compounds. -48- 201222143

.0.0

οο

化合物Β -49- 201222143 ΟCompound Β -49- 201222143 Ο

ΌΌ

Ν ΝΝ Ν

XXXX

化合物CCompound C

化合物D -50- 201222143 ΟCompound D -50- 201222143 Ο

rr〇 ΝRr〇 Ν

OCH3 化合物E Ο r ΝOCH3 compound E Ο r Ν

-51 - 201222143 以上述通式(III)表示的特定聚合起始劑可藉由例如 曰本特開2005-220097號公報記載之方法合成。 使用於本發明之以通式(111)表示的化合物係在 250nm〜5〇〇nm的波長區域具有吸收波長者。更佳可列舉 在30〇nm〜380nm的波長區域具有吸收波長者。尤其較 佳為308nm及3 55nm的吸光度高者。 相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,在本 龟月使用之(D)特疋聚合起始劑的含量需要$質量%以上 15質置%以下。倘若含量未達5質量%,則感度會變為 不足_達不到目的的線寬度,倘若超過1 5質量%,則 藥。ρ ί丨生會不足、錐形的形狀會變成倒錐形(reverse taper),均不佳。 含量較佳為5質量%以上1 5質量%以下的範圍,進 一步更佳為10質量%以上15質量%以下的範圍。 在本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物中,除了前述(D) 特疋聚合起始劑以外’只要不損及本發明的範圍,可含 …γt合起始劑之結構不同的其他光聚合起始 劑(以下’稱為(D-2)其他光聚合起始劑)。 就與(D)特定聚合起始劑之結構不同的(D-2)其他光 聚合起始劑而言’只要是開始並促進前述(C)聚合性化合 物的聚合之化合物,可無限制地使用先前公知者。具體 了列舉略吩(lophine)光聚合起始劑 '與前述 i甬 4 f 11 T、夕认 ^ 、'‘σ構不同的两光聚合起始劑、有機鹵化物、 卓二口坐化人队 σ物、羰基化合物、縮酮化合物、苯偶姻化合 物、σ丫口定J卜人焱 σ物、有機過氧化物、偶氮化合物、香豆素 -52- 201222143 化合物、疊氮化合物、金屬芳香類化合物、有機棚酸化 合物、二續酸化合物、鏽鹽化合物、醯基膦(氧化物)化 合物等。 就可使用作為(D-2)其他光聚合起始劑之咯吩系光 聚合起始劑而言,例如可列舉六芳基聯°米。坐化合物。就 六芳基聯咪唑系化合物而言,例如可列舉2,2’-雙(2-氣苯 基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基聯咪唑 、2,2’-雙(2-氣苯 基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-乙氧基羰基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2’-.雙(2-氣苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-苯氧基羰基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2,4-二氣苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-乙氧基羰基苯基)聯咪 唑、2,2’-雙(2,4-二氣苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-苯氧基羰基苯 基)聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2,4,6-三氣苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-乙氧 基羰基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2,4,6-三氣苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-苯氧基羰基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-氰基苯 基)-4,4’,5.5’-肆(4-乙氧基羰基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-氰基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-苯氧基羰基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-曱基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-曱氧基羰基苯基)聯咪 唑、2,2’-雙(2-曱基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-乙氧基羰基苯基) 聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-甲基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-苯氧基羰基 苯基)聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-乙基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-曱氧 基羰基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-乙基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆 (4-乙氧基羰基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-乙基苯 基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-苯氧基羰基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-苯基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-曱氧基羰基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-苯基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-乙氧基羰基苯基)聯咪 -53- 201222143 唑、2,2’-雙(2-苯基苯基)_4,4,,5,5’_肆(4_苯氧基羰基苯基) 聯咪唑、 2,2’-雙(2-氣苯基)_4,4,,5,5 ’_四_(4·甲氧基苯基)聯咪 唑、2,2’-雙(2-氣苯基)_4,4,,5,5,-四-(3 -甲氧基苯基)聯咪 唑、2,2’-雙(2-氣苯基)_4,4,,5,5,_四_(3,4_二甲氧基苯基) 聯咪唑、 2,2-雙(2,4-二氣苯基)_4,4’,5,5’-四苯基聯味1&gt;坐、 2,2-雙(2,4,6-二氣苯基)_4,4’,5,5’-四苯基聯味。坐、2,2,- 雙(2,4 -二溴苯基)-4,4 ’,5,5 ’ -四苯基聯咪唑、2,2,-雙 (2,4,6-三溴苯基)-4,4’,5,5’ -四苯基聯咪唑、2,2,-雙(2,4-二氰基苯基)-4,4’,5,5,-四苯基聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2,4,6-三 氰基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基聯咪唑、2,2,-雙(2,4-二曱基 苯基)-4,4’,5,5’ -四苯基聯咪唑、2,2’_雙(2,4,6_三曱基苯 基)-4,4’,5,5’ -四苯基聯咪唑、2,2,_雙(2,4_二乙基苯 基)-4,4’,5,5’ -四苯基聯咪唑、2,2’_雙(2,4,6_三乙基苯 基)-4,4’,5,5’ -四笨基聯咪唑、2,2,_雙(2,4_二苯基苯 基)-4,4’,5,5’ -四苯基聯咪唑、2,2,_雙(2,4,6_三苯基苯 基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2_氟苯 基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基聯咪唑等。 在上述之中,就特·佳的化合物而言,可列舉2,2’-雙 (2 -氣苯基)-4,4’,5,5’ -四苯基聯咪唑(例如 HODOGAYA CHEMICAL 工業(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.)製: B-CIM)、2,2’-雙(鄰氣苯基)-4,4’,5,5,-四-(3,4-二曱氧基 苯基)聯咪 °坐(例如日本 SiberHegner(DKSH Holding Ltd.) 製:HABI1311)、2,2’-雙(2-甲基苯基)-4,4,,5,5’·四苯基 -54 - 201222143 聯咪唑(例如黑金化成(Kurogane Kasei cq,。 就(D-2)其他光聚合起始劑的例士 j j j卞向5,亦可列舉胺 基笨乙酮系起始劑作為較佳者。 就胺基苯乙酮系起始劑的具體例子而言,可列舉 具有以下述式表示的結構,式中的Rl以氫原子甲基、 或乙基表示的化合物。作為盆拙氺职 卞马其他先聚合起始劑的胺基苯 乙酮系起始劑,亦可取得市售品,例如可列舉 IRGACURE(Irg)369 及 IRGACURE(Irg)379(均為 c^·-51 - 201222143 The specific polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (III) can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-2005-220097. The compound represented by the formula (111) used in the present invention has an absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of from 250 nm to 5 Å. More preferably, it has an absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 30 Å to 380 nm. Particularly preferred are those having a high absorbance at 308 nm and 3 55 nm. The content of the (D) special polymerization initiator used in the present month is required to be in a range of from 5% by mass to 15% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition. If the content is less than 5% by mass, the sensitivity will become insufficient. If the content exceeds 15% by mass, the drug will be used. ρ ί丨 will be insufficient, and the shape of the cone will become a reverse taper, which is not good. The content is preferably in the range of 5% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less, and more preferably in the range of 10% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less. In the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, in addition to the above (D) special polymerization initiator, other photopolymerizations having different structures of the γt-containing initiator may be used as long as the scope of the present invention is not impaired. Starting agent (hereinafter referred to as (D-2) other photopolymerization initiator). In the case of (D-2) other photopolymerization initiator different from the structure of (D) the specific polymerization initiator, 'as long as it is a compound which starts and promotes polymerization of the above (C) polymerizable compound, it can be used without limitation Previously known. Specifically, the two photopolymerization initiators, the two photopolymerization initiators, the organic halides, and the Zhuo Erkou People's Team, which are different from the above-mentioned i甬4 f 11 T, Xixiang, and ''σ structures, are listed. Sigma, carbonyl compound, ketal compound, benzoin compound, σ丫口定J 焱人焱σ, organic peroxide, azo compound, coumarin-52- 201222143 compound, azide compound, metal aromatic a compound, an organic arsenic compound, a dibasic acid compound, a rust salt compound, a mercaptophosphine (oxide) compound, or the like. As the olefin-based photopolymerization initiator which is (D-2) another photopolymerization initiator, for example, a hexaaryl group can be cited. Sit on the compound. Examples of the hexaarylbiimidazole-based compound include 2,2'-bis(2-phenylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-double. (2-Phenylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-indole (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-.bis(2-phenylphenyl)-4,4 ',5,5'-肆(4-phenoxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4-diphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-oxime ( 4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4-diphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-indole (4-phenoxycarbonylphenyl) Biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4,6-triphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-indole (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2' - bis(2,4,6-trisphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-indole (4-phenoxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-cyano) Phenyl)-4,4',5.5'-indole (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-cyanophenyl)-4,4',5,5' -肆(4-phenoxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-mercaptophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-fluorene (4-decyloxycarbonylphenyl) Biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-mercaptophenyl)-4,4',5,5 '-肆(4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-methylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-indole (4-phenoxycarbonylbenzene) Bismuthimide, 2,2'-bis(2-ethylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-indole (4-indolyloxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-double (2-ethylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-indole (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-ethylphenyl)-4, 4',5,5'-indole (4-phenoxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-phenylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-fluorene (4 -nonyloxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-phenylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-indole (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)-linked- 53- 201222143 Oxazole, 2,2'-bis(2-phenylphenyl)_4,4,,5,5'-肆(4-phenoxycarbonylphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-double ( 2-Phenylphenyl)_4,4,,5,5 '_tetra-(4.methoxyphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-phenylphenyl)_4,4,,5, 5,-tetra-(3-methoxyphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-phenylphenyl)_4,4,5,5,_tetra_(3,4-dimethoxy Phenyl)biimidazole, 2,2-bis(2,4-diphenyl)-4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenyl-linked taste 1&gt; Sit, 2,2-bis(2,4,6-diphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl linkage. Sodium, 2,2,-bis(2,4-dibromophenyl)-4,4 ',5,5 '-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2,-bis(2,4,6-tribromo Phenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2,-bis(2,4-dicyanophenyl)-4,4',5,5,-tetraphenyl Base imidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4,6-tricyanophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2,-bis (2,4 -didecylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4,6-tridecylphenyl)-4,4',5 , 5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2,_bis(2,4-diethylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-double (2,4,6-triethylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylimidazole, 2,2,_bis(2,4-diphenylphenyl)-4, 4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2,_bis(2,4,6-triphenylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-fluorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole and the like. Among the above, as the compound of Tejia, 2,2'-bis(2-(phenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole (for example, HODOGAYA CHEMICAL industry) is mentioned. (Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.): B-CIM), 2,2'-bis(o-phenyl)-4,4',5,5,-tetra-(3,4-didecyloxy Phenyl) is a mixture of (i.e., manufactured by Siber Hegner (DKSH Holding Ltd.): HABI1311), 2,2'-bis(2-methylphenyl)-4,4,5,5'·tetraphenyl -54 - 201222143 Biimidazole (for example, Kurogane Kasei cq, for example (j-2), other examples of other photopolymerization initiators, can also be listed as an amine-based acetophenone-based initiator. A specific example of the aminoacetophenone-based initiator is a compound having a structure represented by the following formula, wherein R1 is represented by a hydrogen atom methyl group or an ethyl group. The amino acetophenone-based starter of other first polymerization initiators may also be commercially available, and examples thereof include IRGACURE (Irg) 369 and IRGACURE (Irg) 379 (both c^·

Specialty · Chemicals 股份有限公司(Ciba 了 κ κ 製)。 ·Specialty · Chemicals Co., Ltd. (Ciba has a κ κ system). ·

NN

-〇 Η ΡΗ3 O C2H5 CH3 又,就有機_化物、嘮二唑化合物、羰基化合物、 縮酮化合物、苯偶姻化合物、吖啶化合物'有機過氧化 物、偶氮化合物、香豆素化合物、疊氮化合物、金屬芳 香類化合物、有機硼酸化合物、二磺酸化合物、鑌鹽化 合物、醯基膦(氧化物)化合物的具體例子而言,可列舉 若林(Wakabayashi)等,「Bull Chem s〇c Japan」42 2924(1969)、美國專利第3,9〇5,815號說明書、日本特公 昭46-4605號公報、日本特開昭48_3628 i號公報、曰本 -55- 201222143 特開昭55-32070號公報、日本特開昭60-239736號公 報、日本特開昭6 1 -1 6 9 8 3 5號公報、日本特開昭6 1 - 1 6 9 8 3 7 號公報、曰本特開昭6 2 - 5 8 2 4 1號公報、日本特開昭 62-212401號公報、日本特開昭63-70243號公報、曰本 特開昭 63-298339 5虎公報、M.P.Hutt“Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry” 1 (No3),(l 970)」、曰本特公平 6- 2 9285號公報、美國專利第3,479,1 85號、美國專利第 4,311,783號、美國專利第4,622,286號等之各說明書、 曰本特開昭62-143044號公報、日本特開昭62-150242 號公報、曰本特開平9 -1 8 8 6 8 5號公報、曰本特開平 9-188686號公報、日本特開平9-188710號公報、曰本特 開2000-1 3 1837號公報、日本特開2002-107916號公報、 曰本專利第2764769號公報、日本特願2000-3 10808號 公 報 等 之 各 公 報 及 Kunz,Martin “Rad-〇Η O3 O C2H5 CH3 Further, it is an organic compound, an oxadiazole compound, a carbonyl compound, a ketal compound, a benzoin compound, an acridine compound 'organic peroxide, an azo compound, a coumarin compound, a stack Specific examples of the nitrogen compound, the metal aromatic compound, the organoboric acid compound, the disulfonic acid compound, the phosphonium salt compound, and the mercaptophosphine (oxide) compound include Wakabayashi et al., "Bull Chem s〇c Japan". 42 2924 (1969), U.S. Patent No. 3,9,5,815, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 46-4605, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 48_3628 i, and Sakamoto-55-201222143 JP-A-55-32070 Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Sho 60-239736, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO 61-161, No. 6 1 -1 6 9 8 3 5, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6 1 -1 6 9 8 3 7 - 5 8 2 4, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 62-212401, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO-63-70243, No. 63-298339, No. 63-298339, 5th Bulletin, MP Hutt "Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry" 1 (No3), (l 970)", 曰本特公平6- 2 9285 , U.S. Patent No. 3,479,1,85, U.S. Patent No. 4,311,783, U.S. Patent No. 4,622,286, and the like, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 62-143044, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 62-150242曰本特开平 9-1 8 8 6 8 5, 曰本特开平 9-188686, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-188710, 曰本特开 2000-1 3 1837, Japan Special Bulletin No. 2002-107916, Japanese Patent No. 2764769, Japanese Patent Application No. 2000-310808, and Kunz, Martin "Rad

Tech 5 9 8.Proceeding April 1 9-22,1 998,Chicago” 等記 載之有機硼酸鹽,日本特開平6-1 57623號公報、日本特 開平6-175 5 64號公報、日本特開平6-17556 1號公報、 曰本特開平6- 1 75554號公報、日本特開平6- 1 75553號 公報、日本特開平9 - 1 8 8 7 1 0號公報、日本特開平6 - 3 4 8 0 1 1 號公報、曰本特開平7-128785號公報、曰本特開平 7- 140589號公報、日本特開平7-306527號公報、日本特 開 平 7-292014 號 公 報 、 J.C.S.Perkin 11(1979) 1 653-1 660)、J.C.S . Perkin 11(1 979) 1 5 6- 1 62、Tech 5 9 8.Proceeding April 1 9-22,1 998,Chicago", etc., organic borate, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-1 57623, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-175 5 64, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6- Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6- 1 75554, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6- 1755553, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9- 1 8 8 7 1 0, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6 - 3 4 8 0 1 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7-128785, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7-140589, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7-306527, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7-292014, and J. Perkin 11 (1979) 1 653 -1 660), JCS . Perkin 11 (1 979) 1 5 6- 1 62,

Journal of Photopolymer Science andJournal of Photopolymer Science and

Technology(1 995)202-232、日本特開 2000-66385 號公 -56- 201222143 八日本特W麵8號公報、日本特表2隊534797 〜么報等所記載之光聚合起始劑作為具體例子。 :本發明之中’相對於前述(D)特定聚合起始劑的含 份’當併用(Μ其他光聚合起始劑之時的含 物 量份以下。又,就對於著色感光性樹脂 、〔^的·總固體成*之*聚合起始劑的總量 更佳為而言’較佳為5質量%〜20質量%的範圍, 二貝量%〜15質量%的範圍、進—步更佳為ι〇 負里/6〜15質量%的範圍。 特^扭當使用對曝光波長不具吸收之化合物作為(D) 用對曝 (广2)其他光聚合起始劑時,較佳為使 劑如後所述有及收之化合物作為增感劑。關於增感 勒合:::=…性樹脂組成物的較佳態樣係:⑻ 係在分子内具有樹脂前述結構單元㈣的 成分中具有酸性基的結構單元之樹脂,且在、總固體 L:表…肪系光聚合起始劑作為⑼特定聚合起始 &lt; (E)溶劑&gt; 使用(H 1的者色感光性樹脂組成物含有⑻溶劑,並可 吏用=劑進行製備。又上述, 用(E)〉谷劑進行製備。 '?尤(E)溶劑而言,可别與# 正·r 了列舉S曰類,例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸 曰、乙酸異丁醋'甲酸戊酿、乙酸異戍醋、乙酸異 -57- 201222143 丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、 烷基酯類、乳酸曱酯、乳酸乙酯、氧乙酸甲 乙酯、氧乙酸丁酯、曱氧基乙酸甲酯、曱氧基 曱氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸曱酯、乙氧基 3 -氧丙酸甲酯、3 -氧丙酸乙酯等之3 -氧丙酸文 如 3 -曱氧基丙酸甲酯、3 -曱氧基丙酸乙酯、 酸甲酯及3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等)、2-氧丙酸曱 酸乙酯、2-氧丙酸丙酯等之2-氧丙酸烷基酯 甲氧基丙酸曱酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-曱 酯、2-乙氧基丙酸曱酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯 甲基丙酸曱酯、2-氧基-2-曱基丙酸乙酯、2/ 基丙酸甲酯及2-乙氧基-2-曱基丙酸乙酯等) 酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸曱 酸乙酯、2-側氧丁烷酸曱酯、2-側氧丁烷酸 丁二醇二乙酸酯等; 醚類,例如二乙二醇二曱基醚、二乙二醇 四氫呋喃、乙二醇單曱基醚、乙二醇單乙基 醇單曱基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇 丙二醇甲基醚、丙二醇單正丙基醚、丙二醇單 三丙二醇單正丁基醚、丙二醇苯基醚、 甲基乙酸乙氧乙酯、乙基乙酸乙氧乙酯 基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇乙基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇 酯、二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單 酯、丙二醇正丙基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸 正丁基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇苯基醚乙酸酯、二 丁酸丁酯、 基、氧乙酸 乙酸乙酯、 乙酸乙酯及 完基酯類(例 3 -乙氧基丙 酯、2-氧丙 類(例如 2-氧基丙酸丙 、2-氧基-2-f氧基-2-甲 、丙S同酸曱 酯、乙醯乙 乙酯、1,3- 二乙基醚、 醚、二乙二 單丁基醚、 正丁基醚、 、丙二醇甲 丙基喊乙酸 丁基醚乙酸 酯、丙二醇 丙二醇單甲 -58- 201222143 基醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇正丙基醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇正丁 基醚乙酸酯、三丙二醇曱基醚乙酸酯等; 乙酸烷氧基烷基酯類,例如乙酸-3-甲氧基丁酯、乙 酸-4-曱氧基丁酯、乙酸-2-曱基-3-曱氧基丁酯、乙酸-3-甲基-3-曱氧基丁酯、乙酸-3-曱基-3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸-2-乙氧基丁酯、乙酸-4-乙氧基丁酯、乙酸-2-曱氧基戊酯、 乙酸-3-曱氧基戊酯、乙酸-4-甲氧基戊酯、乙酸-2-曱基-3-曱氧基戊酯、乙酸-3-甲基-3-甲氧基戊酯、乙酸-3-甲基-4-甲氧基戊酯等; 酮類,例如丙酮、曱基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、 3-庚酮等; 醇類,例如乙醇、異丙醇等; 芳香族烴類,例如曱苯、二曱苯等。 此等之中,適合為丙酸-3-乙氧基甲酯、丙酸-3-乙氧 基乙酯、乙基乙酸乙氧乙酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二曱 基醚、乙酸丁酯、丙酸-3 -曱氧基曱酯、2 -庚酮、環己酮、 乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲基醚、 丙二醇曱基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇乙基醚乙酸酯、乙酸-3-甲 氧基丁酯、乙酸-3 -甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯等。 (E)溶劑除可單獨使用以外,亦可組合2種以上使用。 本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物.視需要可進一步含 有(F)增感劑、界面活性劑、熱硬化性樹脂等之其他的成 分。 &lt; (F)增感劑〉 在本發明之著色感光性樹脂組成物中,較佳為使用 -59- 201222143 對曝光波長有吸收夕人Λ 合起始劑的起始致率i物作為增感劑,以提升⑼光聚 千错由此增感劑可吸收之波長的曝 光,而促進(^&gt;)光命人 甘植從取入a 〇起。劑成分的自由基產生反應或由 其導致之聚合性化人铷 1匕合物的聚合反應。 就如此的增4拖丨;‘ 、 以^而&amp; ’可列舉公知的分光增感色素 或染料或吸收光而血朵平 〜尤β合起始劑進行相互作用的染料 或顏料。 就可使用於本路日3 赞月之增感劑而言,較佳的分光增感 色素或染料可列舉多# , 平夕核方香私類(例如芘、茈、聯三伸 苯)、二苯并哌喃類(例如二酚酞(fluorescein)、四溴螢光 素(eosin)、紅黴素、若丹明β、孟加拉玫紅(r〇se bengal)、 花青類(例如硫碳菁、氧碳菁)' 部花青素類(例如部花青 素、碳部花青素)、噻呼類(例如噻„寧、亞甲基ΒI u e '曱 苯胺Blue)、吖啶類(例如吖啶橘、氯黃素、吖啶黃素)、 萘酞青類(例如萘酞青、金屬萘酞青)、卟啉類(例如四苯 基卟啉、中心金屬取代卟啉)、葉綠素類(例如葉綠素、 葉綠酸、中心金屬取代葉綠素)、金屬錯體、蒽醌類、(例 如蒽醌)、方酸類(例如方酸)及、下述胺化合物等。 就適合於增感劑的胺系化合物而言,例如可列舉三 乙醇胺、甲基二乙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、4二曱基胺基苯 曱酸曱基、4 -二曱基胺基苯曱酸乙基、4二甲基胺基苯 甲酸異戊基、苯曱酸2-二曱基胺基乙基、4_二甲基胺基 苯甲酸2-乙基己基、n,N-二甲基對曱苯胺、4,4,-雙(二甲 基胺基)二苯基酮(通稱米其勒酮)、4,4,雙(二乙基胺基) 二苯基酮、4,4,-雙(乙基甲基胺基)二笨基酮等,其中較 -60- 201222143 佳為4,4’、雙(二乙基胺基)二苯基酮。 又’鱿增感劑的其他例子而言,較佳可列舉硫醇化 合物。 硫醇化合物具有使光聚合起始劑之對於活性放射線 的感度更為提升或抑制氧所導致之聚合性化合物的聚合 障礙等之作用。 就琉醇化合物而言,可列舉乙二醇雙硫代丙酸酿 ( )丁 一醇雙硫代丙酸S旨(BDTP)、三經曱基丙坑參 硫代丙§文g旨(TMTp)、新戊四醇肆硫代丙酸酯(ρΕτρ)等之 各多官能琉醇化合物、2_巯苯并噻唑、2_酼基苯并嘮唑、 2-巯基笨并咪唑、2_巯基_4(3H)_喹唑啉、p锍基萘、&amp; 苯基-巯基笨并咪唑等之單官能硫醇化合物。 k 時間變化安定性、對溶劑的溶解性之觀點來 看’特佳為單官能的硫醇化合物。 本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物之中的增感劑的含 I可視目的而適當選擇,但由分光增感導致之感度的提 升或承δ成長速度與鏈轉移的平衡導致之硬化速度的提 升等之觀點來看’相對於感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成 刀的虞里,較佳為0·5質量%〜1〇質量%的範圍,進一 步更佳為0_5質量%〜5暫曰。/ a 5霣的範圍。 &lt;其他添加劑&gt; 本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物除了必須成分之⑷ 成分〜(E)成分及較佳的併用成分之(f)成分以外,可視需 要而3有其他添加劑。以下針對4壬意的添加劑進行說明。 (界面活性劑) -61- 201222143 劑 本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物可含有界面活性 倘若使顏料濃度增大,則塗布液之搖變性 (thixotropy)通常會變大,因此於基板上塗布或轉印著色 感光性樹月旨組成4勿而形成著色感光性樹脂組成物層(著 色層塗膜)後,容易產生膜厚不均。χ,尤其是在利用狭 縫塗布法之著色感光性樹脂組成物層(著色層塗膜)形成 方面,重要的是將著色感光性樹脂組成物層形成用之塗 布液均勾化至乾燥為止,而形成厚度均勾之塗膜。因此, 較佳為使上前述著色感光性樹脂組成物中含有適當之界 面活性劑,就上述界面活性劑而言,可列舉日本特開 2003-337424號公報、日本特開平u_i 336〇〇號公報中所 揭不之界面活性劑作為合適者。 可添加非離子系界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑、矽 系界面活性劑等作為用以提高塗布性的界面活性劑。 ☆就非離子系界面活性劑而言,例如較佳為聚氧乙二 :類、聚氧丙二醇類、聚氧乙烯烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷 ::基喊類、聚氧乙烯烷基酿類、聚氧丙烯烷基喊類、 二其丙烯烷基芳基醚類、聚氧丙烯烷基酯類、山梨醇酐 统基酿類、單,油酿烧基酷類等之非離子系界面活性劑。 烴基Si:聚ί 2乙二醇、聚氧丙二醇等之聚氧烯 聚氧乙稀油基峻等之聚:氧丙烯硬脂基醚、 專之聚氧伸烷基烷基醚類;聚氧乙烯辛 驗%氧6料苯乙烯基化_、聚氧乙烯三节基 本土誕、聚氧乙烯-丙烯聚苯乙烯基化醚、聚氧乙烯壬基 -62- 201222143 苯基醚等之聚氧乙烯芳基醚類;聚氧乙烯二月桂酸酯、 聚氧乙烯二硬脂酸酯等之聚氧伸烷基二烷基酯、山梨醇 酐脂肪酸酯、聚氧伸烷基山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯類等之非離 子系界面活性劑。 此等之具體例子例如有ADEKA PLURONIC series、 ADEKANOL series、TETRONIC series(以上,ADEKA(股) 製)、EMULGEN series、RHEODOL series(以上,花王 (股)(Kao Corporation)製)、ELEMINOR series、NONIPOL series、OCTAPOL series、DODECAPOL series、NEWPOL series(以上,三洋化成(股)(Sanyo Chemical Industries Ltd.)製)、PIONIN series(竹本油脂(股)(Takemoto Oil &amp; Fat Co.,Ltd.)製)、NISSAN NONION series(曰油(股)(NOF Corporation)製)等。可適當使用此等之市售者。較佳的 HLB(Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance)値為 8 〜20、進一步 較佳為1 0〜1 7。 就氟系界面活性劑而言,可適合使用在末端、主鏈 及側鏈的至少任一部位上具有氟烷基或氟伸烷基的化合 物。Technology (1 995) 202-232, JP-A-2000-66385 -56-201222143 Eight Japanese special W-face No. 8 bulletin, Japanese special watch 2 team 534797 ~ Otsuka and other photopolymerization initiators as specific example. In the present invention, 'the content of the component of the specific polymerization initiator (D) is used in combination with (the content of the other photopolymerization initiator is less than or equal to the content of the photopolymerization initiator. Further, for the coloring photosensitive resin, [^ The total amount of the total amount of the polymerization initiator is preferably in the range of preferably from 5% by mass to 20% by mass, and in the range of from two to 15% by mass, preferably further. It is a range of 6 to 15% by mass of ι〇. When using a compound which does not absorb at the exposure wavelength as (D), it is preferably used as a photopolymerization initiator. A compound having a compound as described later is used as a sensitizer. A preferred embodiment of the sensitizing resin composition: (8) has a resin having a structural unit (4) in the molecule. The resin of the structural unit of the acidic group, and the total solid L: the... photopolymerization initiator as (9) specific polymerization initiation &lt; (E) solvent &gt; (H 1 color photosensitive resin composition) It contains (8) solvent and can be prepared by using the agent. In addition, it is prepared by (E)> cereal agent. In other words, it can be distinguished from #正·r, such as ethyl acetate, cerium acetate, isobutyl vinegar, acetic acid, acetic acid, isophthalic acid, iso-57-201222143, butyrate Ester, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, alkyl esters, decyl lactate, ethyl lactate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate, methyl methoxyacetate, decyloxy methoxy 3 - oxypropionic acid such as butyl acetate, ethoxyacetic acid decyl ester, ethoxy 3 - oxypropionic acid methyl ester, 3-oxypropionic acid ethyl ester, etc., such as methyl 3-methoxyoxypropionate, 3 - 2-oxopropionate alkyl such as ethyl methoxypropionate, methyl acid or ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxopropionate or propyl 2-oxopropionate Ester methoxy methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-nonyl ester, decyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate methyl decanoate, Ethyl 2-oxo-2-mercaptopropionate, methyl 2/ propyl propionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-mercaptopropionate, etc.) ester, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, Ethyl phthalate ethyl citrate, 2-oxo-oxybutanoic acid decyl ester, 2-sided oxybutane acid butanediol diacetate, etc.; For example, diethylene glycol didecyl ether, diethylene glycol tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monodecyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl alcohol monodecyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol propylene glycol Methyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol monotripropylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol phenyl ether, ethoxyethyl acetate, ethyl acetate ethyl acetate, propylene glycol ethyl Ether acetate, propylene glycol ester, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoester, propylene glycol n-propyl ether acetate, propylene glycol diacetate n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol phenyl Ether acetate, butyl butyrate, benzyl, ethyl oxyacetate, ethyl acetate and a complete ester (Example 3 - ethoxypropyl, 2-oxopropene (eg 2-oxypropionic acid) Propylene, 2-oxy-2-foxy-2-methyl, propyl S decanoate, ethyl acetoacetate, 1,3-diethyl ether, ether, diethyldibutyl ether, positive Butyl ether, propylene glycol methyl propyl acetate butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol propylene glycol monomethyl-58- 201222143 ether ether acetate, dipropylene glycol n-propyl ether acetate, two Glycol n-butyl ether acetate, tripropylene glycol decyl ether acetate, etc.; alkoxyalkyl acetates such as 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 4-methoxybutyl acetate, acetic acid -2-indolyl-3-decyloxybutyl ester, 3-methyl-3-decyloxybutyl acetate, 3-mercapto-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 2-ethoxyacetic acid Butyl ester, acetic acid-4-ethoxybutyl ester, acetic acid-2-decyloxypentyl acetate, -3-pentyloxypentyl acetate, 4-methoxypentyl acetate, 2-mercaptoacetate -3-decyloxypentyl ester, 3-methyl-3-methoxypentyl acetate, 3-methyl-4-methoxypentyl acetate, etc.; ketones such as acetone, mercaptoethyl Ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.; alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol, etc.; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, diphenylbenzene, and the like. Among these, it is suitable as 3-ethoxymethyl propionate, 3-ethoxyethyl propionate, ethyl ethoxyethyl acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol didecyl ether, Butyl acetate, 3-methoxydecyl propionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, propylene glycol fluorenyl Ether acetate, propylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, and the like. (E) The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain other components such as (F) a sensitizer, a surfactant, and a thermosetting resin. &lt; (F) Sensitizer> In the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, it is preferred to use -59 to 201222143 to absorb the exposure wavelength, and to increase the initial rate of the initiator. The sensitizer enhances the exposure of the wavelength of the sensitizer that can be absorbed by the sensitizer, and promotes (^&gt;) the light from the ingestion. The radical generating reaction of the agent component or the polymerization reaction of the polymerized human ruthenium complex caused thereby. Such an increase of 4 drags; ‘, 、、&amp;' can be exemplified by known spectroscopic sensitizing dyes or dyes or dyes or pigments that absorb light and interact with blood. For the sensitizer used in the 3rd month of the road, the preferred sensitizing dye or dye can be listed as more than #, 夕夕核方香私类 (such as 芘, 茈, 三三伸苯), Dibenzopyrans (eg, fluorescein, eosin, erythromycin, rhodamine beta, rhodamine, rhodopsin, cyanine) , oxycarbophthalocyanines) 'anthocyanins (such as procyanidins, carbon anthocyanins), thioxides (such as thiophene, methylene hydrazine I ue 'aniline aniline Blue), acridines (for example) Acridine orange, chlorsulfurin, acridine flavin, naphthoquinone (such as naphthoquinone, metal naphthoquinone), porphyrins (such as tetraphenylporphyrin, central metal substituted porphyrin), chlorophyll (eg, chlorophyll, chlorophyll, central metal instead of chlorophyll), metal complex, steroid, (eg, hydrazine), squaraine (eg, squaraine), and the following amine compounds, etc. Suitable for sensitizers Examples of the amine compound include triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, and tetradecylaminobenzoate. , 4-didecylaminobenzoic acid ethyl, 4 dimethylaminobenzoic acid isopentyl, benzoic acid 2-didecylaminoethyl, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid 2- Ethylhexyl, n,N-dimethyl-p-anilide, 4,4,-bis(dimethylamino)diphenyl ketone (commonly known as mazakirone), 4,4, bis(diethylamine) Diphenyl ketone, 4,4,-bis(ethylmethylamino)diphenyl ketone, etc., of which -60-201222143 is preferably 4,4', bis(diethylamino)diphenyl Further, as another example of the sensitizing agent, a thiol compound is preferable. The thiol compound has a sensitivity to increase the sensitivity of the photopolymerization initiator to the active radiation or suppress the polymerization due to oxygen. The role of the polymerization barrier of the compound, etc. In the case of the sterol compound, ethylene glycol dithiopropionic acid is brewed ( ) butyl alcohol dithiopropionic acid S (BDTP), triterpenoid thiophene sulphide多 § 文 g g ( TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM Sulfhydryl and imidazole, 2_mercapto_4(3H)_quin Monofunctional thiol compound such as porphyrin, p-decylnaphthalene, &amp; phenyl-mercaptobenzimidazole. k From the viewpoint of time-dependent stability and solubility in a solvent, a monofunctional thiol compound is particularly preferred. The content I of the sensitizer among the colored photosensitive resin compositions of the present invention can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but the sensitivity is improved by the spectral sensitization or the hardening speed is increased by the balance between the growth rate of the δ and the chain transfer. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0 to 5% by mass, based on the total solids of the photosensitive resin composition. &lt;Other Additives&gt; The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may be optionally used in addition to the component (4) to the component (E) and the component (f) which are preferred components. There are other additives. The following describes the four additives. (Surfactant) -61 - 201222143 The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain interfacial activity. If the pigment concentration is increased, the thixotropy of the coating liquid is usually increased, so that it is coated on the substrate or When the coloring photosensitive resin composition layer (coloring layer coating film) is formed by the transfer coloring photosensitive tree composition, the film thickness unevenness is likely to occur. In particular, in the formation of the colored photosensitive resin composition layer (colored layer coating film) by the slit coating method, it is important to coat the coating liquid for forming the colored photosensitive resin composition layer to dryness. The coating film having the thickness of the hook is formed. For this reason, it is preferable to contain a suitable surfactant in the above-mentioned coloring photosensitive resin composition, and the above-mentioned surfactant is exemplified by JP-A-2003-337424 and JP-A-336A. The surfactants disclosed in the above are suitable. A nonionic surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant, a ruthenium surfactant, or the like may be added as a surfactant for improving coatability. ☆ In terms of a nonionic surfactant, for example, polyoxyethylene:polyoxypropylene glycols, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene oxides: base group, polyoxyethylene alkyl group are preferred. Non-ionic systems such as fermented, polyoxypropylene alkyl, two propylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxypropylene alkyl esters, sorbitan bases, single, oil-fired bases, etc. Surfactant. Hydrocarbyl Si: Polyoxyalkylene polyoxyethylene oil such as poly(ethylene glycol), polyoxypropylene glycol, etc.: oxypropylene stearyl ether, polyoxyalkylene alkyl ethers; polyoxygen Ethylene bismuth% oxygen 6-material styrylation _, polyoxyethylene three-section basic earth, polyoxyethylene-propylene polystyrene ether, polyoxyethylene fluorenyl-62- 201222143 polyoxyethylene such as phenyl ether Aryl ethers; polyoxyalkylene dialkyl esters such as polyoxyethylene dilaurate, polyoxyethylene distearate, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyalkylene sorbitan fatty acid esters A nonionic surfactant such as a class. Specific examples of such are ADEKA PLURONIC series, ADEKANOL series, TETRONIC series (above, ADEKA), EMULGEN series, RHEODOL series (above, Kao Corporation), ELEMINOR series, NONIPOL series , OCTAPOL series, DODECAPOL series, NEWPOL series (above, manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries Ltd.), PIONIN series (made by Takemoto Oil &amp; Fat Co., Ltd.), NISSAN NONION series (manufactured by NOF Corporation). Such commercially available persons can be suitably used. The preferred HLB (Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance) is 8 to 20, more preferably 10 to 17. As the fluorine-based surfactant, a compound having a fluoroalkyl group or a fluorine-extended alkyl group at at least any of a terminal, a main chain and a side chain can be suitably used.

就具體的市售品而言,例如 MEGAFACE F142D、 MEGAFACE F172、MEGAFACE F173、MEGAFACE F176、MEGAFACE F177、MEGAFACE F183、MEGAFACE F780、MEGAFACE F78 卜 MEGAFACE F782、MEGAFACE F784、MEGAFACE F552、MEGAFACE F554、MEGAFACE R30、MEGAFACE R08(以上,DIC(股)(DIS Corporation) 製)、FLUORAD FC- 135、FLUORAD FC-170C、FLUORAD •63- 201222143 FC-430、FLUORAD FC-431(以上,住友 3M(股)(Sumitomo 3M Limited)製)、SURFLON S-112、SURFLON S-113、 SURFLON S-131、SURFLON S-141、SURFLON S-145、 SURFLON S-382 &gt; SURFLON SC-101 ' SURFLON SC-102 ' SURFLON SC-103 、SURFLON SC-104、 SURFLON SC-105、SURFLON SC-1 06(以上,旭硝子(股)(Asahi Glass Co·,Ltd.)製)、EFTOP EF351、EFTOP 352、EFTOP 801、 EFTOP 802(以上,JEMCO(股)製)等。 就矽系界面活性劑而言,例如可列舉 TORAY SILICONE DC3PA、TORAY SILICONE DC7PA、TORAY SILICONE SH11PA、TORAY SILICONE SH21PA、TORAY SILICONE SH28PA、TORAY SILICONE SH29PA、TORAY SILICONE SH30PA、TORAY SILICONE SH-190、TORAY SILICONE SH-193、TORAY SILICONE SZ-6032、TORAY SILICONE SF-8428、TORAY SILICONE DC-57、TORAY SILICONE DC-190(以上,Toray · Dow Corning · Silicone(股)(Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co.,Ltd.)製)、 TSF-4440 、TSF-4300 、TSF-4445 、TSF-4446 、TSF-4460 、 TSF-4452(以上,Momentive Performance Materials Inc. 製)等。 在此等之中,就對本發明較佳之界面活性劑而言, 有 MEGAFACE F780、MEGAFACE F781、MEGAFACE F782 、 MEGAFACE F784 、 MEGAFACE F552 及 MEGAFACE F554(以上,DIC(股)製)。 相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物100質量份,此等界 -64 - 201222143 面:丄生劑之量,較佳為使用5質量份以下,更佳為使用 2貝里伤以下’進-步更佳為使用〇.5質量份以下。當界 ® #性劑之量超過5 f量份時’在塗布乾燥時容易:生 條紋或表面龜裂,平滑性容易變差。 (熱硬化性樹脂) 本發月的著色感光性樹脂組成物、可視企望而含有 環氧樹脂、氧雜環丁烷樹脂等之熱硬化性樹脂。 就環氧樹脂而言,有雙酚A型化合物、甲酚酚醛清 漆型化合物、聯苯型化合物、脂環式環氧化合物等。For specific commercial products, for example, MEGAFACE F142D, MEGAFACE F172, MEGAFACE F173, MEGAFACE F176, MEGAFACE F177, MEGAFACE F183, MEGAFACE F780, MEGAFACE F78, MEGAFACE F782, MEGAFACE F784, MEGAFACE F552, MEGAFACE F554, MEGAFACE R30, MEGAFACE R08 (above, DIC (DIS) system), FLUORAD FC-135, FLUORAD FC-170C, FLUORAD • 63- 201222143 FC-430, FLUORAD FC-431 (above, Sumitomo 3M (share) (Sumitomo 3M Limited) )), SURFLON S-112, SURFLON S-113, SURFLON S-131, SURFLON S-141, SURFLON S-145, SURFLON S-382 &gt; SURFLON SC-101 'SURFLON SC-102 ' SURFLON SC-103 , SURFLON SC-104, SURFLON SC-105, SURFLON SC-1 06 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), EFTOP EF351, EFTOP 352, EFTOP 801, EFTOP 802 (above, JEMCO ( Stock system) and so on. Examples of the lanthanide surfactant include TORAY SILICONE DC3PA, TORAY SILICONE DC7PA, TORAY SILICONE SH11PA, TORAY SILICONE SH21PA, TORAY SILICONE SH28PA, TORAY SILICONE SH29PA, TORAY SILICONE SH30PA, TORAY SILICONE SH-190, TORAY SILICONE SH- 193, TORAY SILICONE SZ-6032, TORAY SILICONE SF-8428, TORAY SILICONE DC-57, TORAY SILICONE DC-190 (above, Toray · Dow Corning Silicone Co., Ltd.) , TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4446, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.). Among these, among the preferred surfactants of the present invention, there are MEGAFACE F780, MEGAFACE F781, MEGAFACE F782, MEGAFACE F784, MEGAFACE F552 and MEGAFACE F554 (above, DIC). With respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring photosensitive resin composition, such a boundary - 64 - 201222143 surface: the amount of the biocide, preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 2 galleries or less. It is better to use 〇.5 parts by mass or less. When the amount of the boundary agent is more than 5 f, it is easy to apply when drying: streaking or surface cracking, and the smoothness is likely to be deteriorated. (thermosetting resin) The color-sensitive photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a thermosetting resin such as an epoxy resin or an oxetane resin as may be expected. Examples of the epoxy resin include a bisphenol A type compound, a cresol novolac type compound, a biphenyl type compound, and an alicyclic epoxy compound.

例如就雙酚A型化合物而言,除了 EPOTOHTO (EPOTOHTO)YD-1 15 ' YD-118T ' YD-127 ' YD-128 ' YD-134、YD-8125、YD-7011R、ZX-1059、YDF-8170、 YDF-170 等(以上’東都化成(TOM。Kasei c〇” Ltd·)製)、 DENACOL EX-1 1(H、EX-1 102、EX-1 103 等(以上,Nagase ChemteX Corporation 製)、PLACCEL GL-61、GL-62、 G101 、G102(以上,Daicel 化學(Daicel Chemical Industries Ltd.)製)之外、亦可列舉此等類似的雙酚f型 化合物、雙酚S型化合物。又亦可使用Ebecryl 3700、 3 7 0 1、600(以上,Daicel UCB製)等之環氧基丙烯酸酯。 就曱酚酚醛清漆型化合物而言,可列舉EPOTOHTO YDPN-63 8、YDPN-7(H、YDPN-702、YDPN-703、YDPN-704 等(以上,東都化成製)' DENACOLEM-125等(以上, Nagase化成製),就聯苯型化合物而言,可列舉3,5,3’,5’-四甲基-4,4’二環氧丙基聯苯等。For example, in the case of bisphenol A type compounds, in addition to EPOTOHTO (EPOTOHTO) YD-1 15 ' YD-118T ' YD-127 ' YD-128 ' YD-134, YD-8125, YD-7011R, ZX-1059, YDF- 8170, YDF-170, etc. (above 'Tosho Kasei Co. Ltd.)), DENACOL EX-1 1 (H, EX-1 102, EX-1 103, etc. (above, manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation) In addition to PLACEL GL-61, GL-62, G101, and G102 (above, manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries Ltd.), similar bisphenol f-type compounds and bisphenol S-type compounds may be mentioned. Epoxy acrylates such as Ebecryl 3700, 370, 600 (above, manufactured by Daicel UCB) can also be used. Examples of the phenolic novolac type compound include EPOTOHTO YDPN-63 8 and YDPN-7 (H). , YDPN-702, YDPN-703, YDPN-704, etc. (above, Dongdu Chemical Co., Ltd.), DENACOLEM-125, etc. (above, Nagase Chemical System), for the biphenyl type compound, 3, 5, 3', 5'-tetramethyl-4,4' diepoxypropylbiphenyl, and the like.

就脂環式環氧化合物而言,可列舉CELLOXIDE •65- 201222143 2021、208 1、2083、2085、EPOLEAD GT-301、GT-302、 GT-401 ' GT-403、EHPE-3 150(以上,Daicel 化學(Daicel Chemical Industries Ltd.)製)、SANTOHTO ST-3000、 ST-4000、ST-508 0、ST-5100等(以上,東都化成製)等。 另外亦可使用胺型環氧樹脂之EPOTOHTO YH-434、 YH-43 4L、對雙酚A型環氧樹脂的骨架進行二聚酸改質 而成之環氧丙基酯等。 在此等之環氧樹脂之中’較佳為酚醛清漆型環氧化 合物、脂環式環氧化合物,特佳為環氧基當量為1 8〇〜 250者。就如此的素材而言,可列舉EPICL〇N N_66〇、 N-670、N-680、N-690、YDCN-704L(以上,DIC(股)製)、 EHPE3150(Daicel 化學製)。 可使用 ARON ΟΧΕΤΑΝΕ ΟΧΤ.ιοί、0XT_121、 ΟΧΤ-211、ΟΧΤ-221、ΟΧΤ-212、ΟΧΤ-610、OX.SQ、 ΡΝΟΧ(以上’東亞合成製)作為氧雜環丁烷樹脂。 又氧雜環丁烷樹脂可單獨使用或可與丙烯酸系共聚 物、環氧樹脂及順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂混合而使用。尤其 是當在與環氧樹脂併用下而使用時,藉由紫外線雷射曝 光而產生的熱所導致之反應性高’由與基板的密合性之 觀點來看較佳。 相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,與本 發明相關之環氧樹脂及氧雜環丁烧樹脂在著色感光性樹 脂組成物中的含量較佳4 Q5〜15 ,由兼 於 鹼之溶解性及與基板之密合性的觀點來看,較佳為工二 -66- 201222143 (有機羧酸) 的鹼溶解性、著色感光性樹 的提升時’可進行有機羧酸 1000以下的低分子量有機羧 可列舉曱酸、乙酸、丙酸、 酸、二乙基乙酸 '庚酸、辛 、丙二酸、丁二酸、戊二酸、 壬二酸、癸二酸、十三烷二 酸、二甲基丙二酸、曱基丁 順丁烯二酸等之脂肪族二元 、二甲基己三酸等之脂肪族 對異丙基苯曱酸、2,3-二甲 酸等之芳香族一元酸;鄰苯 一甲酸、偏笨三酸、苯均三 等之芳香族多元酸;苯基乙 氧基乙酸、(X-甲基笨乙酸、 丁二酸、α_笨基丙烯酸、肉 ίλ ' 2,4-.一垣基肉桂酸等之 锰谋求促進未硬化部分 脂組成物的顯影性之進一步 的添加,較佳為進行分子量 酸的添加。具體而言,例如 丁酸、吉草酸、新戊酸、己 酸等之脂肪族一元酸;草酸 己二酸、庚二酸、辛二酸、 酸、甲基丙二酸、乙基丙二 二酸、四曱基丁二酸、甲基 酸;丙三羧醆、丙烯三甲酸 三元酸;苯曱酸、苯乙酸、 基苯基酸、3,5 -二甲基苯甲 二甲酸、間笨二曱酸 '對苯 酸、偏本四甲酸、苯均四酸 酸、笨氧基己酸、甲氧基苯 氫化肉桂酸、杏仁酸、苯基 桂酸、亞肉桂基乙酸、闊馬 其他羧酸。 (矽烷偶合劑) 由進一步提升與基板之密合性的觀點來看,可對本 發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物使用矽烷偶合劑。 石夕烧偶合劑較佳為具有烷氧基矽烷基作為可與無機 材料進行化學鍵結之水解性基者。又較佳為具有在有機 樹脂之間產生相互作用或形成鍵結而顯示親和性之基, -67- 201222143 就該種基而言,較佳為具有(曱基)丙烯醯基、 ^ 本基、齙 基、環氧丙基、氧雜環丁基者,其中尤以具有(甲美 烯醯基或環氧丙基者為較佳。 )丙 即,就使用於本發明之矽烷偶合劑而言,較佳為且 有烷氧基矽烷基與(甲基)丙烯醯基或環氧基之化人物〃 具體而言,可列舉下述結構之(曱基)丙烯醯基-三;#其 矽烷化合物、環氧丙基-三甲氧基矽烷化合物等。 土Examples of the alicyclic epoxy compound include CELLOXIDE • 65-201222143 2021, 208 1, 2083, 2085, EPOLEAD GT-301, GT-302, GT-401 'GT-403, EHPE-3 150 (above, Daicel Chemical (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries Ltd.), SANTOHTO ST-3000, ST-4000, ST-508 0, ST-5100, etc. (above, manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.). Further, EPOTOHTO YH-434, YH-43 4L, which is an amine type epoxy resin, and a glycidyl ester obtained by dimerizing the skeleton of the bisphenol A type epoxy resin may be used. Among these epoxy resins, 'poxy varnish type epoxides and alicyclic epoxy compounds are preferable, and those having an epoxy group equivalent of from 18 to 250 are particularly preferred. Examples of such materials include EPICL〇N N_66〇, N-670, N-680, N-690, YDCN-704L (above, DIC) and EHPE 3150 (made by Daicel Chemical). As the oxetane resin, ARON ΟΧΕΤΑΝΕ ΟΧΤ.ιοί, 0XT_121, ΟΧΤ-211, ΟΧΤ-221, ΟΧΤ-212, ΟΧΤ-610, OX.SQ, ΡΝΟΧ (above 'East Asia Synthetic) can be used. Further, the oxetane resin may be used singly or in combination with an acrylic copolymer, an epoxy resin or a maleimide resin. In particular, when used in combination with an epoxy resin, the reactivity by the heat generated by ultraviolet laser exposure is high, and it is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion to the substrate. The content of the epoxy resin and the oxetane resin according to the present invention in the coloring photosensitive resin composition is preferably 4 Q5 to 15 with respect to the total solid content of the coloring photosensitive resin composition, and is also a base From the viewpoint of the solubility and adhesion to the substrate, it is preferred that the alkali solubility of the organic polymer-66-201222143 (organic carboxylic acid) and the coloring photosensitive tree are improved. The molecular weight organic carboxyl group may be decanoic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, acid, diethyl acetic acid 'heptanoic acid, octane, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, tridecanedioic acid. An adipic acid such as dimethylmalonic acid, decyl butyl maleic acid, or the like of aliphatic isopropyl benzoic acid or 2,3-dicarboxylic acid Aromatic monobasic acid; phthalic acid, benzoic acid, benzene, etc. aromatic polybasic acid; phenyl ethoxyacetic acid, (X-methyl acetoacetic acid, succinic acid, α-styl acrylic acid, meat Ίλ '2,4-. Manganese such as decyl cinnamic acid seeks to promote further developability of uncured partial fat composition Preferably, the addition of a molecular weight acid is carried out. Specifically, for example, an aliphatic monobasic acid such as butyric acid, oxalic acid, pivalic acid or caproic acid; oxalic acid adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, acid, Methylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, tetradecylsuccinic acid, methyl acid; propylene tricarboxylate, propylene tricarboxylic acid tribasic acid; benzoic acid, phenylacetic acid, phenylic acid, 3, 5 - dimethyl benzoic acid, m-dibenzoic acid 'p-benzoic acid, tetra-tetracarboxylic acid, pyromellitic acid, oxy-oxycaproic acid, methoxybenzene cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, phenyl A decyl coupling agent can be used for the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion to the substrate. The oxime coupling agent preferably has an alkoxyalkyl group as a hydrolyzable group capable of chemically bonding with an inorganic material, and preferably has a group which exhibits an affinity or an bond between the organic resins to exhibit affinity. -67- 201222143 For this kind of base, it is preferred to have (fluorenyl) C a fluorenyl group, a benzyl group, a fluorenyl group, a glycidyl group or an oxetanyl group, and particularly preferably having a (methionenyl group or an epoxy propyl group). In the decane coupling agent of the invention, it is preferred that the alkoxy fluorenyl group and the (meth) acryl fluorenyl group or the epoxy group are exemplified. Specifically, a (fluorenyl) propylene fluorene having the following structure may be mentioned. -3; its decane compound, epoxypropyl-trimethoxydecane compound, etc.

Sj(〇CH3)3 (^O^^Si(〇CH3)3 光性樹脂組成物中的總固 的添加量較佳為〇 2質量 〇’5質量%〜3.〇質量%。 在使用於本發明之著色感 體成分中’使用碎烧偶合劑時 %〜5.0質量%的範圍,更佳為 (聚合抑制劑) 組成物之製造中或者 之不必要的熱聚合, 制劑而言’可列舉氫 曱酚、焦五倍子酚、 本發明中,於著色感光性樹脂 保存中,為了要阻止聚合性化合物 宜添加少量的熱聚合抑制劑。 就可使用於本發明之熱聚合抑 酉昆、對甲氧基酌·、二-第三丁基_對 -68- 201222143 第三丁基兒茶盼、/l/i, 本醌、4,4,-硫基雙(3_曱基-6-第三丁 基酚)、2,2’-亞甲其 I雙(4-甲基-第三丁基酚)、N-亞硝 基苯基羥基胺第~输_ οπ 婶鹽、啡污啩、啡噻啩等。 相對於著色4 u ^ ρ 4先性樹脂組成物,熱聚合抑制劑的添 加量較佳為0.01質量%〜5質量%。 又為了要抑在丨丨包4 一 乳導致之聚合障礙,可視需要而添加 蘿酸或有如蘿酸酿 ^胺之南級脂肪酸衍生物等,使其在塗 布後之乾燥的過藉士 %中不均勻地存在於感光層的表面。南 級脂肪酸衍生物的1 巧添加量較佳為著色感光性樹脂組成物 之0.5質量%〜10質量%。 (塑化劑) 此夕卜9 A ^L· ♦^明中,為了要改良著色感光性樹脂組 成物之物性可禾^ ^ ’】、、加無機填充劑或塑化劑等。 就塑化劑而, 5 ’例如有二辛基鄰苯二曱酸酯、二(十 二基)鄰苯二甲酸龍 曱氧乙酯、碟酸三 、三乙二醇二辛酸酯、鄰苯二曱酸二 甲笨酯、二辛基己二酸酯、二丁基癸 酸 S旨、二 7 Ή· —u職基丙三醇等,相對於(C)聚合性化合物與 ⑻黏。劑樹脂之合計質量可添加1 0質量%以下。 本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物雖可藉由先前公知 的曝光手段進行硬化,但其中藉由紫外線的曝光而以高 感度進行硬化,尤可顯示與基板之高密合性。就紫外線 勺*光手又而言,雷射曝光法及近似(p r ο X i m i t y)曝光法 之任一者皆可,由抑制表面縮皺網紋的觀點來看’雷射 曝光法較適合。本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物可適合 使用於彩务、,磨土 u a ,、 々巴應先片之著色圖案形成。 -69- 201222143 &lt; 合 的 裝 說 著 色 射 潛 需 顯 這 [ 性 上 電 使 缺 物 &lt;圖案形成方法、彩色 本發明之著色感光性 於液晶顯示裝置用彩色 著色感光性樹脂組成物 置用彩色濾光片之製造 明,但本發明並不限定 本發明的圖案形成方 色感光性樹脂組成物賦 層形成步驟、對前述著 進行曝光而形成潛像的 像的著色層顯影而形成 要而設置將前述著色層 影後的前述著色層洪烤 些步驟一併稱為圖案形 著色層形成步驟〕 本發明中的著色層形 樹脂組成物賦予至基板 就基板而言,例如可 鹼玻璃、鈉玻璃、硼石夕 附著透明導電膜而得者 轉換元件基板。此外, 用此等基板’形成格子 部分形成著色圖案。 在此專基板上為了要 質的擴散或基板表面的 濾光片及其製造方法&gt; 樹脂組成物及圖案形成 濾光片。以下,將使用 之圖案形成方法作為液 方法中之圖案的形成方 於此方法。 法包含以下步驟:將本 予到基.板上而形成著色 色層利用圖案形狀的紫 曝光步驟、及使經形成 圖案的顯影步驟。此外 烘烤的步驟(預烘烤步馬 的步驟(烘烤步驟)。有 成步驟。 成步驟係將本發明的著 上而形成著色層的步驟 列舉使用於液晶顯示裝 酸玻璃、石英玻璃以及 、使用於固態攝影元件 亦可以使用塑膠基板。 狀荨的黑矩陣,並在格 改良與上部之層的密合 平坦化’可視需要而設 &gt; 方法適 本發明 晶顯示 法進行 發明的 層的著 外線雷 有上述 ,可視 裝)和將 時會將 色感光 0 置等的 在此等 等的光 較佳為 子的空 、預防 置底塗 -70- 201222143 基板為大型(大 層。在從更加地發揮本發明效果之點上, 概1邊1 m以上)者較佳。 為了要在基板上形成著色層,就 υ u卞則述本發明的 著色感光性樹脂組成物的方法而言, j妹用利用狹縫塗 布(ShtC〇atlng)、噴墨法(inkjetc〇ating)、旋轉塗布⑽ ^ C〇atlng)、流延塗布(east eGating)、觀塗布㈣1 網版印刷法(screen printing)等之各種的塗布之賦予方 法。在精度和速度的觀點上,在塗布法之中,較佳為狹 縫塗布。 ” 又’亦可採用將經預先在臨時支持體上藉由上述塗 布法形成之塗膜轉印至基板上的賦予方法。 關於轉印方法,在本發明亦可適合使用曰本特開 2〇〇6_23696 號公報的段落號碼[0023]、[0036]〜[Q()51] 或曰本特開2006-47592號公報的段落號碼[〇〇9 [0108]記載之製作方法。 為了要獲得充分的色再現區域且獲得充分的面板亮 度,本發明之中的著色層的層厚(例如塗布厚)較佳為進 行形成使乾燥後的膜厚為〇·5μπι〜3〇μιη,更佳為形成 1 ·5μηι 〜2·5μιη。 〔乾燥步驟〕 如上述之著色感光性樹脂組成物的賦予結束後,可 進行藉由真空乾燥(V c D)而使溶劑乾燥的乾燥步驟。又 此外可使基板上的塗膜加熱乾燥(預烘烤)而製得著色 層0 塗膜的預烘烤溫度較佳為60〇c〜M0〇c,更佳為8〇。〇 -71- 201222143 8 0秒〜2 0 0秒。 〔曝光步驟〕 佳為30秒〜 〜120°C。又, 預烘烤時間較 300秒’更佳為 本發明中的爆央 九步驟中係對前述著色層利用紫外夹 雷射進行曝光成圖幸形 狀,並使曝光區域硬化而形成潛 像的步驟。茲認為藉ώ 精由本發明的曝光步驟,在著色感光 性樹脂組成物中的圖案狀曝光區域中,利用由(D)特定令 合起始劑的起始物種,引發並進行(c)聚合性化合物的聚 合硬化反應’同時利用紫外線雷射曝光所產生的熱存 在於(B)黏合劑樹脂的分子内的烯丙基、n位_取代順丁 稀二醯亞胺基或環狀醯亞胺基發生熱反應,引發並進行 硬化反應’藉由曝光區域進行光.熱雙重硬化,形成由 硬化區域和未硬化區域構成的圖案。 就雷射的激發媒體而言,有結晶、玻璃、液體、色 素、氣體等,可使用由此等之介質發射出之固態雷射、 液體雷射、氣體雷射、半導體雷射等之公知的在紫外線 具有震盪波長的雷射。由雷射的輸出及震盪波長的觀點 來看,其中較佳為固態雷射、氣體雷射。 就使用於本發明之紫外線雷射的曝光波長而言,在 符&amp;著色感光性樹脂組成物的感光波長且感度佳之點 上,較佳為30〇nm〜380nm的範圍,更佳為31〇nm〜 360nm的範圍、尤其是3 55nm波長雷射曝光法較適合。 具體而言’尤其是可適合使用輸出大且相對上廉價 的固怂雷射之Nd : YAG雷射的第三高次諧波(3Hnm)或 準分子雷射(excimer laser)的 XeCI(3〇8nm)、XeF(353nm)。 -72- 201222143 又,被曝光物(圖案)的曝光量為 lmJ/cm2〜 100mJ/cm2的範圍,更佳為imJ/cm2〜50mJ/cm2的範圍。 曝光量倘若為此範圍,則在圖案形成的生產性之點上較 佳。 由生產性的觀點來看,使用於本發明的紫外線雷射 較佳為以20Hz〜2000Hz的頻率震盪_之脈衝雷射。 就可使用於本發明之曝光裝置而言,並無特別限 制’就市售者而言,可使用EGIS(V Technology股份有 限公司(V Technology Co., Ltd·)製)或 DF2200G(大曰本 螢幕股份有限公司(Dainippon Screen MFG Co·, Ltd.)製 等。上述以外的裝置亦適合使用。 ^•、外線雷射之光的平行度良好’在曝光時不使用光 罩亦可進行圖案曝光’圖案形狀會受到輪出光的形狀、 輪廓的影響。因此,由於圖案的直線性會變高,故使用 光罩來將圖案曝光較佳。 〔顯影步驟〕 本發明中的顯影步驟,係將在前述曝光區域中藉由 硬化而形成潛像的著色層進行顯影,並將未曝光部除去 而形成圖案的步驟。利用紫外光雷射的曝光區域硬化成 圖案狀’在顯影處理時’藉由進行鹼顯影處理,可以將 在上述曝光步驟中未照射部分(未硬化部分)溶於鹼水溶 液中而除去’僅殘留經光硬化而成的部分,由此形成圖 案。 就顯影液而言,係使用有機鹼顯影液或無機鹼顯影 液或其混合液。 -73- 201222143 就使用於顯影液的鹼劑而言’例如 :水氫氧乙:鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫納、…、二= ” 基胺一甲基乙醇月女、四甲基氫氧 m 乙基氫氧化銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、丨8_二 Ϊ =5性4_°]广十—烯等之有機驗性化合物,較佳為:此 旦 Α合物用純水稀釋以使濃度成&amp; 〇 〇〇1〜 ® %、較佳為〇·〇 i〜1晳番0/而Λk 貝 影液使用。另外,〜 水溶液作為顯 影液時,通常在Ur由如此㈣性水溶液構成的顯 在顯影後用純水洗淨(沖洗)。 〜30。==度而t ’較佳為抓〜价,更佳為2rc 9〇 心佳為30秒〜120秒,更佳為40秒〜 此等之中,顯影溫度與顯影時間 Π:舉在溫度⑽下一,秒、在溫心 為40秒〜8〇秒。 又’沖洗壓力較佳為Q Q1MPa〜Q歸卜 〇.〇5MPa 〜〇,3MPa 权佳為 此等之铬杜 孕乂隹為〇‘1MPa〜0.3MPa。藉由選擇 此專之料’可使圖案的形 地設計。 〜馮順錐形而任意 產生發明的著色感綠樹脂組絲,顯影時 滑:的皴紋之發生被抑制,經形成之圖案的平 〔後烘烤步驟〕 在本發明中,為了要佶荽 全硬化,較佳為設置將綠樹脂組成物完 烤步驟。择烤之方… 』述著色層烘烤之後供 入、巧之方法的進杆可益 仃了错由將顯影•沖洗後之具 -74- 201222143 :圖案:=基板’使用加熱板或對流㈣(熱風循環式乾燥 :)、南頻加熱機等之加熱手段’以連續式或批次式來加 熱。 就烘烤的條件而言,溫 佳為180°C〜260°C,最佳為 佳為1 0分鐘〜1 5 0分鐘,更 佳為20分鐘〜9〇分鐘。 度較佳為15(TC〜26(TC,更200°C〜240。(:。烘烤時間較 佳為20分鐘〜120分鐘,最 *另外,在形成RGB3色調、遮光層等、多個色調的 著色圖案時,可以僅按照企望的色調數重覆進行著色層 的形士、曝光、顯影及烘烤的循環;也可以在每個色調 進行著色層的形成、曝光和顯影後,最後全部色調份整 個進行烘烤。藉此製作具備由企望色調構成的著色晝素 的彩色濾光片。 &lt;〈液晶顯示裝置&gt; &gt; 本發明的彩色濾光片係適合於液晶顯示裝置的製 作,使用以本發明的圖案形成方法製作而成的彩色濾光 片的液晶顯示裝置可顯示高品質的圖像。 顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的說明例如記載於 「電子顯示器元件(佐佐木昭夫著,(股)工業調査會 (Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co_,Ltd.) 1990 年發行)」、 「顯示器元件(伊吹順章著,產業圖書(股)(Sangy〇T〇sh〇 Publishing Co., Ltd.)平成元年發行)」等。另外,關於 液晶顯示裝置例如記載於「次世代液晶顯示器技術(内田 龍男編輯,(股)工業調査會1994年發行)」。本發明可 採用的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限定,例如可採用於上述 -75- 201222143 「次世代液晶顯示器技術」中記載的形形色色之形式的 液晶顯示裝置。 液晶顯示裝置用彩色濾光片其中尤其對於彩色 TFT(Thin Film Transistor)形式的液晶顯示裝置特別有 效。關於彩色TF形式的液晶顯示裝置例如記載於「彩色 TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股)(Kyoritsu Shuppan Co·, Ltd.)1996年發行)」。本發明亦可適用於ips(In-Plane Switching)等之橫向電場驅動形式、MVA(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)等畫素分割形式等視角經擴大的液 晶顯示裝置、STN(Super Twisted Nematic)、TN(Twisted Nematic)、VA(Vertical Alignment)、OCS、FFS(Fringe Field Switching)及 R - 〇CB(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend)等。關於此等之形式例如記載於 EL·、PDP、LCD顯示器—技術與市場的最新動向— (Toray Research Center 調査研究部門(Toray ResearchSj(〇CH3)3 (^O^^Si(〇CH3)3 The total solid addition amount in the photoreceptor composition is preferably 〇2 mass 〇 '5 mass% to 3. 〇 mass%. In the coloring body component of the present invention, the range of % to 5.0% by mass in the case of using the breaker coupling agent is more preferably in the production of the (polymerization inhibitor) composition or unnecessary thermal polymerization, and the preparation may be enumerated. In the present invention, in the storage of the colored photosensitive resin, in order to prevent the polymerizable compound from being added with a small amount of a thermal polymerization inhibitor, the thermal polymerization used in the present invention can be used to inhibit the thermal polymerization. Oxylo-, di-t-butyl-p-68-201222143 Third butyl tea, /l/i, bismuth, 4,4,-thiobis(3_mercapto-6- Tributylphenol), 2,2'-methylene, its I bis(4-methyl-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine, _ οπ 婶 salt, brown filth, The amount of the thermal polymerization inhibitor added is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass based on the coloring of the 4 u ^ ρ 4 precursor resin composition, and is also caused by the milk in the bag 4 In combination with the obstacle, if necessary, add rosin or a southern fatty acid derivative such as rosin, which may be unevenly present on the surface of the photosensitive layer after drying. The amount of the derivative added is preferably from 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass based on the coloring photosensitive resin composition. (Plasticizer) In the case of 9 A ^ L · ♦ ^, in order to improve the coloring photosensitive resin The physical properties of the composition may be ^ ^ '], with an inorganic filler or plasticizer, etc. In terms of plasticizer, 5 'for example, dioctyl phthalate, di(dodecyl) ortho-benzene Rhodium Oxalate Dicarboxylate, Triethyl Glycol Dioctyl Phthalate, Dimethyl Butyrate, Dioctyl Adipate, Dibutyl Citrate, 2 7 Ή - 5% of the glycerin, etc., may be added to the total mass of the (C) polymerizable compound and (8) the binder resin by 10% by mass or less. The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may be known from the prior art. The exposure means harden, but it is hardened by high-sensitivity by exposure to ultraviolet light, especially High adhesion to the substrate. As far as the UV scoop is concerned, either the laser exposure method or the approximate (pr ο X imity) exposure method can be used to suppress the surface wrinkle texture. The laser exposure method is suitable. The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used for the coloring pattern of the color, the ground ua, and the 々巴应先片. -69- 201222143 &lt; It is necessary to display the coloring effect of the coloring and the coloring photosensitive resin composition for a liquid crystal display device, and the color filter is used for the production of the color filter. The coloring layer for patterning the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is not limited, and the coloring layer that forms the image of the latent image that is exposed to the above is developed, and the colored layer is formed by the colored layer. The baking step is collectively referred to as a pattern-shaped colored layer forming step. The colored layer-shaped resin composition in the present invention is imparted to the substrate as far as the substrate is concerned, for example, alkali glass, soda glass, or boron. Shi Xi attached a transparent conductive film to convert the component substrate. Further, a lattice portion is formed by using these substrates' to form a colored pattern. A filter is formed on the substrate for the purpose of mass diffusion or a filter on the surface of the substrate and a method for producing the same, a resin composition and a pattern. Hereinafter, the pattern forming method to be used is formed as a pattern in the liquid method. The method comprises the steps of: applying a pre-formation to the substrate to form a violet exposure step in which the color layer is patterned, and a development step in which the pattern is formed. In addition, the baking step (the step of pre-baking the stepping horse (baking step). The step of forming the step of forming the coloring layer of the present invention is listed for liquid crystal display acid glass, quartz glass, and For the solid-state imaging device, a plastic substrate can also be used. The black matrix of the shape is improved, and the adhesion between the upper layer and the upper layer is flattened as needed. The method is suitable for the layer invented by the crystal display method of the present invention. The outer line has the above-mentioned lightning, and the light that is set to be light-sensitive, etc., etc., is preferably a sub-empty, preventive primer-70-201222143. The substrate is large (large layer. In the point that the effect of the present invention is exerted, it is preferable that one side is 1 m or more. In order to form a coloring layer on a substrate, the method of coloring the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is described by using slit coating, inkjet method, and rotation. Coating method of coating (10) ^ C〇atlng), casting (east eGating), or coating (four) 1 screen printing. From the viewpoint of accuracy and speed, among the coating methods, slit coating is preferred. Further, a method of imparting a coating film formed on the temporary support by the above-described coating method onto the substrate may be employed. Regarding the transfer method, the present invention is also suitable for use in the present invention.段落6_23696, paragraph number [0023], [0036]~[Q()51], or the paragraph number of [曰9 [0108] of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-47592. In order to obtain sufficient In the color reproduction region and sufficient panel brightness, the layer thickness (for example, the coating thickness) of the coloring layer in the present invention is preferably formed so that the film thickness after drying is 〇·5 μm 3 3 μmη, more preferably formed. 1·5μηι 〜2·5μιη. [Drying step] After the application of the coloring photosensitive resin composition described above is completed, a drying step of drying the solvent by vacuum drying (V c D) may be performed. The coating film is heated and dried (prebaked) to obtain a colored layer. The pre-baking temperature of the coating film is preferably 60 〇c to M0 〇 c, more preferably 8 〇. 〇-71- 201222143 8 0 seconds 〜 200 seconds. [Exposure step] Good for 30 seconds ~ ~120 ° C. Again, pre-bake The time is better than 300 seconds'. In the popping step of the present invention, the step of exposing the coloring layer to the image by using an ultraviolet clip laser and forming the latent image by hardening the exposed region is considered to be a step. By the exposure step of the present invention, in the pattern-like exposed region in the colored photosensitive resin composition, the (c) specific starting compound of the starting agent is used to initiate and carry out (c) polymerization hardening of the polymerizable compound. The reaction 'at the same time, the heat generated by ultraviolet laser exposure is present in the thermal reaction of (B) the allyl group of the binder resin, the n-position-substituted cis-butyl diimide group or the cyclic quinone imine group. Initiating and performing a hardening reaction 'to perform light and heat double hardening by an exposed region to form a pattern composed of a hardened region and an uncured region. In terms of a laser excitation medium, there are crystals, glass, liquid, pigment, gas, etc. A well-known laser having an oscillating wavelength in ultraviolet light, such as a solid-state laser, a liquid laser, a gas laser, a semiconductor laser, or the like, which is emitted from such a medium, can be used. From the viewpoint of the oscillation wavelength, among them, a solid-state laser or a gas laser is preferred. The exposure wavelength of the ultraviolet laser used in the present invention is excellent in the photosensitive wavelength of the coloring photosensitive resin composition. The point is preferably in the range of 30 〇 nm to 380 nm, more preferably in the range of 31 〇 nm to 360 nm, and particularly in the laser exposure method of 3 55 nm wavelength. Specifically, 'especially suitable for use with large output and relative The Nd of the inexpensive solid-state laser, the third harmonic of the YAG laser (3Hnm) or the XeCI (3〇8nm) and XeF (353nm) of the excimer laser. Further, the exposure amount of the object to be exposed (pattern) is in the range of lmJ/cm 2 to 100 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably in the range of im J/cm 2 to 50 mJ/cm 2 . If the amount of exposure is this range, it is preferable in terms of productivity of pattern formation. From the viewpoint of productivity, the ultraviolet laser used in the present invention is preferably a pulsed laser that oscillates at a frequency of 20 Hz to 2000 Hz. There is no particular limitation on the exposure apparatus used in the present invention. For commercial use, EGIS (V Technology Co., Ltd.) or DF2200G (large copybook) can be used. Displayed by Dainippon Screen MFG Co., Ltd., etc. The devices other than the above are also suitable for use. ^•, the parallel light of the external laser light is good', and the pattern exposure can be performed without using a mask during exposure. The shape of the pattern is affected by the shape and contour of the wheel. Therefore, since the linearity of the pattern becomes high, it is preferable to use a photomask to expose the pattern. [Developing step] The developing step in the present invention will be a step of developing a coloring layer that forms a latent image by curing in the exposed region, and removing the unexposed portion to form a pattern. The exposed region of the ultraviolet light is hardened into a pattern "at the time of development processing" In the alkali development treatment, the unirradiated portion (unhardened portion) in the above exposure step can be dissolved in an aqueous alkali solution to remove a portion which is only cured by light curing, thereby forming In the case of a developer, an organic alkali developer or an inorganic alkali developer or a mixture thereof is used. -73- 201222143 For an alkali agent used in a developer, for example, water, hydrogen, oxygen, potassium, sodium carbonate , sodium bicarbonate, ..., two = "amine amine - methyl alcohol month female, tetramethyl hydrogen peroxide m ethyl ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 丨8_二Ϊ = 5 sex 4_ °] Preferably, the dendrimer is diluted with pure water to make the concentration into &amp; 〇〇〇1~ ® %, preferably 〇·〇i~1 In addition, when the aqueous solution is used as a developing solution, it is usually washed (rinsed) with pure water after the development of Ur (such as a tetra-aqueous aqueous solution). ~30.==degree and t' Good for the price, better for 2rc 9 〇 good for 30 seconds ~ 120 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds ~ Among these, development temperature and development time Π: lift at temperature (10) next, second, at temperature The heart is 40 seconds ~ 8 〇 seconds. Also 'washing pressure is better Q Q1MPa~Q 〇 〇. 〇 5MPa ~ 〇, 3MPa 权佳 for this chrome du pregnancy 乂隹 '1MPa~0.3MPa By selecting this special material', the shape of the pattern can be designed. ~ Feng Shun tapered and arbitrarily produced the color-sensing green resin composition yarn, which is slippery during development: the occurrence of the crepe pattern is suppressed, and the formed pattern is formed. Flat (post-baking step) In the present invention, in order to fully cure, it is preferred to provide a step of baking the green resin composition. The side of the baking is selected... The method of the rod can benefit from the development and rinsing -74-201222143: pattern: = substrate 'using heating plate or convection (four) (hot air circulation drying:), south frequency heating machine, etc. Heat in continuous or batch mode. In terms of baking conditions, the temperature is preferably from 180 ° C to 260 ° C, preferably from 10 minutes to 150 minutes, more preferably from 20 minutes to 9 minutes. The degree is preferably 15 (TC ~ 26 (TC, more 200 ° C ~ 240. (:. baking time is preferably 20 minutes ~ 120 minutes, most * in addition, in the formation of RGB3 color, light shielding layer, etc., multiple shades In the coloring pattern, the pattern of the coloring layer, the exposure, the development, and the baking may be repeated only in accordance with the desired number of tones; or the coloring layer may be formed, exposed, and developed in each color tone, and finally the entire color tone. A color filter having a coloring element composed of a desired color tone is produced. <Liquid crystal display device> The color filter of the present invention is suitable for the production of a liquid crystal display device. A liquid crystal display device using a color filter manufactured by the pattern forming method of the present invention can display a high-quality image. The definition of the display device or the description of each display device is described, for example, in "Electronic display device" (Sasaki Sasaki, (Stock) Industry Survey (Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co_, Ltd.) issued in 1990)", "Display components (Ibuki Shunzhang, Industrial Books (shares) (Sangy〇T〇sh〇Publishing Co In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Edited by Uchida Natsuo, Industrial Research Association, 1994)". The liquid crystal display device is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be used in a liquid crystal display device of the form described in the above-mentioned -75-201222143 "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology". Color filters for liquid crystal display devices, especially for color TFTs (Thin A liquid crystal display device of the form of a film of the color TF is described in, for example, a "color TFT liquid crystal display (Kyoritsu Shuppan Co., Ltd.) issued in 1996). It is also applicable to liquid crystal display devices, STN (Super Twisted Nematic), TN (Twisted), such as the horizontal electric field drive type such as ips (In-Plane Switching) and the pixel division form such as MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment). Nematic), VA (Vertical Alignment), OCS, FFS (Fringe Field Switching) and R - 〇CB (Reflective Optically) Compensated Bend), etc. The form of such is described in EL, PDP, LCD Display - Technology and Market Trends - (Toray Research Center (Toray Research)

Center, Inc.) 2001年發行)」的第43頁。 液晶顯示裝置除了彩色濾光片之外,由電極基板、 偏光膜、相位差膜、背光、分隔件(spacer)、視角保護膜 等各式各樣的構件構成。本發明的液晶顯示元件用彩色 遽光片可適用於以此等公知構件構成的液晶顯示裝置。 關於此等構件例如記載於r,94液晶顯示器周邊材 料·化學品的市場(島健太郎(股)C]V1C(CMC Publishing) 1 994年發行)」、r 2〇〇3液晶相關市場的現狀與將來展 望(下卷)(表良吉(股)富士 Chimera總研(Fuji ChimeraCenter, Inc.) Issued in 2001), p. 43. The liquid crystal display device is composed of various members such as an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle protective film, in addition to the color filter. The color calender sheet for a liquid crystal display device of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device comprising such a known member. These components are described, for example, in the market of r, 94 liquid crystal display peripheral materials and chemicals (Island Kentaro Co., Ltd.), V1C (CMC Publishing) issued in 1994), and the current status of the liquid crystal related market in r 2〇〇3 Future Outlook (Vol. 2) (Former Liangji (share) Fuji Chimera General Research (Fuji Chimera)

Research Institute,Inc.) 2003 年發行)」。 -76- 201222143Research Institute, Inc.) issued in 2003). -76- 201222143

以下,藉由實施例更具體地說明本發明,但本發明 只要不超越其主 要沒有特別限定 (合成例 1 :旦 並不限於以下的實施例。另外,只 %」及「份」為質量基準。 (〇玖Η 1 :具有烯丙基的鹼可溶性樹脂i之合成) 於備附w授拌翼之授拌棒、回流冷卻管、溫度計 的200 mL三口燒瓶中添加丨_甲氧基_2_丙醇54§,於氮 氣氣流下加熱至7(rc。使用柱塞泵(plunger pump),花費 2.5小時於三口燒瓶内滴加將曱基丙烯酸烯丙酯 10.07g、甲基丙烯酸酯1.93g、作為聚合起始劑之2,2,_ 偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)〇.185g溶解於丨·曱氧基_2_丙醇 5 4 8而獲得的溶液。滴加結束後,然後在7 0 °C下攪拌2 小時。加熱結束後,投入至IL的水中,進行再沈澱。將 析出物過濾後,進行真空乾燥,獲得9g(產率75%)之高 分子化合物。 科取所獲得之高分子〇〇1g作為重量平均分子量之 -77- 201222143 測定試料,置於10mL容量瓶中,、太i 添加四氫呋喃約8 於室溫下溶解後,使總量為1 〇mL。蚀 L ' 使用凝膠滲透層柘我 (GPC)測定此溶液。鹼可溶性樹脂丨 厅儀 Η曱基丙稀酸嫌 甲基丙烯酸共聚物,莫耳比=80/2〇 旦 歸内S曰/ )之重量平均分子旦 為35000。 乃卞里 [實施例1 ] 1-1.化合物A〔(D)特定聚合起始劑〕的八成 &lt;步驟1 : °卡〇坐衍生物1的製造&gt; 用以下的方式製造下述β卡η坐衍生物1。Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of Examples, but the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it does not exceed the above (Synthesis Example 1 is not limited to the following examples. In addition, only %" and "parts" are quality standards. (〇玖Η 1 : Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin i having allyl group) 丨_methoxy 2 was added to a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a stir bar, a reflux cooling tube, and a thermometer. _Propanol 54 §, heated to 7 (rc under a nitrogen gas stream. Using a plunger pump, it took 2.5 hours to add 10.07 g of allyl methacrylate and 1.93 g of methacrylate in a three-necked flask. a solution obtained by dissolving 2,2,_ azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) ruthenium 185 g as a polymerization initiator in 丨·曱oxy-2-propanol 548. After the completion of the addition, the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C for 2 hours. After the completion of the heating, the mixture was poured into water of IL to reprecipitate. The precipitate was filtered and dried under vacuum to obtain 9 g (yield 75%) of the polymer. a compound obtained by taking the obtained polymer 〇〇1g as a weight average molecular weight of -77-201222143, In a 10mL volumetric flask, add too much tetrahydrofuran to about 8 at room temperature, so that the total amount is 1 〇mL. Eclipse L 'Use gel permeation layer 柘 I (GPC) to determine this solution. Η曱 Η曱 丙 丙 丙 嫌 嫌 甲基 = = = = = 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物80% of A [(D) specific polymerization initiator] &lt;Step 1: Production of °Calazine derivative 1&gt; The following β-kappa derivative 1 was produced in the following manner.

咔唑衍生物1 將2-噻吩羰基氣7.53g(0.〇5莫耳)、Ν-乙基味哇 I4.6g(0.075莫耳)、氯化辞〇.34g(〇.〇〇25莫耳)及氣苯 l〇Og置入,在75〜90°C下攪拌2天。其後,添加乙酸乙 酯200g及水200g,萃取油層◊此外,將溶劑餾去後, 利用管柱層析法(乙酸乙酯:n_己烷=1 : 4〜1 : 2)進行純 化’獲得綠色黏性液狀物(產量6 · 5 g、產率4 3 %、純度 94.3% )。 -78- 201222143 獲得之液狀物的1H-NMR的化學位移係如以下所 示’確認該液狀物為目的物之咔唑衍生物1。 8_71(s:lH)、8.13(d:lH)、8.10(d:lH)、7.73(d:2H)、 7.53(d:lH)、7.46(t:2H)、7.34(d:lH)、7.32(t:lH)、 4.42(q:2H) ' 1.48(t:3H) &lt;步驟2:乙醯基體i的製造&gt; 用以下的方式製造下述乙醯基體1。Carbazole derivative 1 2-thiophene carbonyl gas 7.53 g (0. 〇 5 mol), Ν-ethyl odor wow I4.6 g (0.075 mol), chlorinated reverberation. 34 g (〇.〇〇25 Mo The ear and the gas benzene l〇Og were placed and stirred at 75 to 90 ° C for 2 days. Then, 200 g of ethyl acetate and 200 g of water were added, and the oil layer was extracted, and the solvent was distilled off, and then purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 1: 4 to 1: 2). A green viscous liquid was obtained (yield 6 · 5 g, yield 43%, purity 94.3%). -78-201222143 The 1H-NMR chemical shift of the obtained liquid was as follows. The carbazole derivative 1 which confirmed the liquid substance as a target was confirmed. 8_71(s:lH), 8.13(d:lH), 8.10(d:lH), 7.73(d:2H), 7.53(d:lH), 7.46(t:2H), 7.34(d:lH), 7.32 (t: lH), 4.42 (q: 2H) ' 1.48 (t: 3H) &lt;Step 2: Production of acetamidine substrate i&gt; The following acetonitrile substrate 1 was produced in the following manner.

乙醯基體1 置入在步驟1製得之咔唑衍生物!的9.1g(0.03莫 耳)、氣化銘9_6g(〇.〇72莫耳)及氯苯50g,在〇t下花費 30分鐘滴加乙醯氣2.62g(0.033莫耳),然後在室溫下攪 拌1小時°其後,藉由添加乙酸乙酯30g與水40g將氣 化紹分解’萃取油層並將溶劑餾去,獲得綠色黏性液狀 物(產量9.2g、產率89%、純度94% )。 獲得之液狀物的h-NMR的化學位移係如以下所 示,確認該液狀物為目的物之乙醯基體1。 8.77(s:1H)、8.74(s:lH)、8.17(d:lH)、8.12(d:lH)、 -79- 201222143 7.74(d:2H)、7.52(d:2H)、7.22(t:lH)、4.44(q:2H)、 2.74(s:3H) &gt; 1.50(t:3H) &lt;步驟3:肟體1的製造&gt; 用以下的方式製造下述肟體1。The acetamidine substrate 1 is placed in the carbazole derivative prepared in step 1! 9.1g (0.03 mole), gasification Ming 9_6g (〇.〇72 Moer) and chlorobenzene 50g, spent 2-3 times on 〇t, add 2.62g (0.033mol) of acetonitrile, then at room temperature After stirring for 1 hour, the solvent was decomposed by adding 30 g of ethyl acetate and 40 g of water, and the solvent was distilled off to obtain a green viscous liquid (yield 9.2 g, yield 89%, purity). 94%). The chemical shift of the obtained liquid material by h-NMR was as shown below, and it was confirmed that the liquid material was the target acetonitrile substrate 1. 8.77 (s: 1H), 8.74 (s: lH), 8.17 (d: lH), 8.12 (d: lH), -79-201222143 7.74 (d: 2H), 7.52 (d: 2H), 7.22 (t: lH), 4.44 (q: 2H), 2.74 (s: 3H) &gt; 1.50 (t: 3H) &lt;Step 3: Production of Carcass 1&gt; The following carcass 1 was produced in the following manner.

NN

CH ΌΗ 3 肟體1 置入在步驟2製得之乙醯基體1的10.4g(0.03莫 耳)、鹽酸羥基胺9.6g(0.072莫耳)及二甲基甲醯胺30g, 在80°C下攪拌2小時。其後,添加乙酸乙酯30g、η-己 烷1 0 g及水5 0 g,萃取油層。將溶劑餾去並藉由管柱層 析法(column chromatography)(乙酸乙 s旨:η-己烧=1 : 1 〜1 : 3)進行純化,獲得淡黃色固體(產量3.0g、產率28 %、純度 94% )。 獲得之固體的1H-NMR的化學位移係如以下所示, 確認該固體為目的物之肟體1。 8.72(s:1H)、8.38(s:lH)、8.10(d:lH)、7.87(d:lH)、 7.74(d:2H)、7_48(d:2H)、7.21(t:lH)、4.42(q:2H)、 2.43(s:3H) ' 1.50(t:3H) -80- 201222143 &lt;步驟4:化合物A的製造&gt; 用以下的方式製造聚合起始劑(化合物A)。 置入在步驟3製得之肟體1的l.82g(0.005莫耳)、 乙酸酐0.61g(0.006莫耳)及乙酸丙酯I5g,在8(TC下攪 拌2小時,會有固體析出。在30°C下將固體濾出,利用 曱醇/乙酸丙酯混合溶劑進行洗淨,獲得白色固體(產量 1.4g、產率 70%、純度 98% )。 獲得之固體的丨只卞厘尺的化學位移係如以下所示, 確認該固體為目的物之化合物A(特定聚合起始劑)。 8.72(s:lH)、8.51(s:lH)、8_12(d:lH)、7.99(d:lH)、 7.74(d:2H)、7_52(d:2H)、7.21(t:lH)、4.42(q:2H)、 2.53(s:3H)、2.30(s:3H)、l_49(t:3H) 1 -2·著色感光性樹脂組成物的製備 (顏料分散液1的製備) 用如下方式製備顏料分散液1。即根據下述所記載之 組成,使用均質機以旋轉數3,000 r.p.m.攪拌混合3小 時’製備混合溶液,然後利用使用0.1 mmcp氧化錯珠的 珠式分散機ULTRA APEX MILL(壽工業公司(Kotobuki Industries Co.,Ltd.)製造)進行分散處理8 小時。 • C. I ·顏料藍 1 5 : 6 1 1.8 份 • C. I.顏料紫2 3 1.0份 • Disperbykl61 BYK-Chemie 公司製(30% 溶液)24 份 •丙二醇曱基醚乙酸酯(以下,稱為PGMEA) 63.2份 合計1 0 0份 201222143 (感光性樹脂組成物的製備) 於3 9.2份製得之顏料分散液1中進一步添加以下組 成之成分,進行攪拌混合,製備藍色(B)用感光性樹脂組 成物。 •鹼可溶性樹脂1 (曱基丙烯酸烯丙酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、 莫耳比=80/20、重量平均分子量=35000)的20% PGMEA 溶液 1 6.4份 .聚合性化合物:二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 (曰本化藥(股)製,KAYARAD DPHA)3.9份 .聚合性化合物:四羥曱基甲烷四丙烯酸酯 (新中村化學(股)製,NKESTER Α-ΤΜΜΤ)0·69份 .光聚合起始劑:化合物Α(下述結構;在前述合成例製 得之化合物)2.74份 •多官能硫醇化合物(增感劑:下述結構)0.55份 •環氧化合物:(Daicel化學(股)製,ΕΗΡΕ3150)0·60份 •溶劑:PGMEA與 3-乙氧基乙基丙酸酯(=80/20[質量 比])的混合溶液 35.9份 •聚合抑制劑:對甲氧基酚 0·00 1份 •界面活性劑1 : MEGAFACE F-554(DIC公司製)0.02份 -82· 201222143 Ο 〇γ-Κ1.0CH ΌΗ 3 肟 1 Put 10.4 g (0.03 mol) of acetamidine substrate 1 prepared in step 2, 9.6 g (0.072 mol) of hydroxylamine hydrochloride and 30 g of dimethylformamide at 80 ° C. Stir under 2 hours. Thereafter, 30 g of ethyl acetate, 10 g of η-hexane and 50 g of water were added to extract an oil layer. The solvent was distilled off and purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate: s-hexane = 1 : 1 to 1 : 3) to give a pale yellow solid (yield: 3.0 g, yield 28) %, purity 94%). The chemical shift of the 1H-NMR of the obtained solid was as follows, and it was confirmed that the solid was the steroid 1 of the target. 8.72 (s: 1H), 8.38 (s: lH), 8.10 (d: lH), 7.87 (d: 1H), 7.74 (d: 2H), 7_48 (d: 2H), 7.21 (t: lH), 4.42 (q: 2H), 2.43 (s: 3H) ' 1.50 (t: 3H) - 80 - 201222143 &lt;Step 4: Production of Compound A&gt; A polymerization initiator (Compound A) was produced in the following manner. 1.82 g (0.005 mol) of the steroid 1 prepared in the step 3, 0.61 g (0.006 mol) of acetic anhydride, and I5 g of propyl acetate were placed, and a solid was precipitated by stirring at 8 (TC for 2 hours). The solid was filtered off at 30 ° C, and washed with a methanol/propyl acetate mixed solvent to obtain a white solid (yield: 1.4 g, yield: 70%, purity: 98%). The chemical shift is as follows. It is confirmed that the solid is the target compound A (specific polymerization initiator) 8.72 (s: lH), 8.51 (s: lH), 8_12 (d: lH), 7.99 (d) :lH), 7.74(d:2H), 7_52(d:2H), 7.21(t:lH), 4.42(q:2H), 2.53(s:3H), 2.30(s:3H), l_49(t: 3H) 1 - 2· Preparation of coloring photosensitive resin composition (Preparation of pigment dispersion liquid 1) A pigment dispersion liquid 1 was prepared in the following manner, that is, a mixing machine was used to stir and mix at a rotation of several 3,000 rpm according to the composition described below using a homogenizer. The mixed solution was prepared for 3 hours, and then subjected to dispersion treatment for 8 hours using a bead disperser ULTRA APEX MILL (manufactured by Kotobuki Industries Co., Ltd.) using 0.1 mmcp oxidized beads. • C. I · Pigment 1 5 : 6 1 1.8 parts • CI Pigment Violet 2 3 1.0 parts • Disperbykl61 BYK-Chemie (30% solution) 24 parts • Propylene glycol decyl ether acetate (hereinafter referred to as PGMEA) 63.2 Total 1 0 0 Part 201222143 (Preparation of photosensitive resin composition) Further, a component of the following composition was further added to the pigment dispersion 1 obtained in 39.2 parts, and the mixture was stirred and mixed to prepare a photosensitive resin composition for blue (B). Resin 1 (allyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, molar ratio = 80/20, weight average molecular weight = 35,000) 20% PGMEA solution 1 6.4 parts. Polymerizable compound: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylic acid Ester (manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd., KAYARAD DPHA) 3.9 parts. Polymerizable compound: tetrahydrofurfuryl methane tetraacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NKESTER Α-ΤΜΜΤ) 0·69 parts. Photopolymerization Starting agent: compound hydrazine (the following structure; compound obtained in the above synthesis example) 2.74 parts • polyfunctional thiol compound (sensitizer: the following structure) 0.55 parts • epoxy compound: (Daicel Chemical Co., Ltd.) System, ΕΗΡΕ3150)0·60 parts•Solvent 35.9 parts of a mixed solution of PGMEA and 3-ethoxyethylpropionate (=80/20 [mass ratio]) • Polymerization inhibitor: p-methoxyphenol 0·00 1 part • Surfactant 1: MEGAFACE F -554 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) 0.02 parts -82· 201222143 Ο 〇γ-Κ1.0

Ο SH 2〜14、比較例卜5〕 備之Ϊ二):ΐ實施例1的著色感光性樹脂組成物的製 ()黏合劑樹脂、著色劑、光聚合起始劑及辨 劑變更為下述表1〜表2記載的化合物以外,同樣2 之’製備實施例2〜14、比較例1〜5的著色感光性樹月: 組成物。 9 另外’下逑表1〜表2之中的(B)黏合劑樹脂係在前 述(B)黏合劑樹脂的說明攔中可列舉之以其符號表示之 例不化合物。又,使用於比較例1之比較黏合劑樹脂的 結構係如下所示。 -83- 201222143Ο SH 2 to 14 and Comparative Example 5) 备2): The binder resin, colorant, photopolymerization initiator and discriminating agent of the coloring photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 were changed to In the same manner as the compounds described in Tables 1 to 2, the coloring photosensitivity of the preparation examples 2 to 14 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were the same. Further, the (B) binder resin in the following Tables 1 to 2 is an example of a compound which is indicated by the symbol in the description of the binder (B). Further, the structure of the comparative binder resin used in Comparative Example 1 is as follows. -83- 201222143

-84- 201222143 (Π增感劑 m m m m m m 坭 αλ ο m P)光聚合起始劑 化合物A 化合物A 化合物A 化合物A 化合物A 化合物A &gt; V d ^-Η&gt; I Ϊ 广* Γϊ,4&gt; 合性化合物 質量比 (1)/{2) 80/20 80/20 | 80/20 80/20 80/20 80/20 80/20 80/20 80/20 80/20 軍匿(2) ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT 軍醴⑴ DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA (B}黏合劑樹脂 重量平均 分子量 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 化合物 例示化合物1·1 例示化合物1·1 例示化合物 例示化合物1-1 例示化合物1·1 比較黏合劑樹脂 例示化合物1·1 例示化合埘1-1 I 例示化合物1·1 例示化合物1-1 (A)著色劑 含量 30% 30% 30% 35% 40% I i 30% 30% I 10% 65% 30% 顔料 I 蝴 蝴 4 驽 蝴 曝光 近似暍 光 i 阁朱 1 雷射; 雷射 當射| 雷射 雷射 雷射 曾射 冒旄例9 盲施例10 盲施例11 霣旃例12 篁旃例13丨 比较例1 比较例2 比较例3 比較例4 比铵例s -85- 201222143-84- 201222143 (Π sensitizer mmmmmm 坭αλ ο m P) Photopolymerization initiator Compound A Compound A Compound A Compound A Compound A &gt; V d ^-Η&gt; I 广 广* Γϊ, 4&gt; Mass ratio (1)/{2) 80/20 80/20 | 80/20 80/20 80/20 80/20 80/20 80/20 80/20 80/20 Military (2) ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT ATMMT Military 醴 (1) DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA DPHA (B} binder resin weight average molecular weight 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 35000 Compound exemplified compound 1·1 exemplified compound 1-1 Exemplary compounds exemplified compound 1-1 exemplified compound 1-1 Comparative adhesive resin exemplified compound 1-1 exemplified compound 埘1-1 I exemplified compound 1-1 exemplified compound 1-1 (A) colorant content 30% 30% 30% 35% 40% I i 30% 30% I 10% 65% 30% Pigment I Butterfly 4 驽 Butterfly exposure approximation Twilight i 阁朱1 Laser; Laser shot | Laser laser shot Example 9 Blind Example 10 Blind Example 11 Example 12 Example 13 Comparison Example 1 Comparative Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Comparative Example s -85- 201222143 ratio of ammonium

—著色感光性樹脂組成物的評價一 (圖案狀畫素的形成) 重耋平均分子量:35000 使用狹縫塗布機(slit coater)(平田機工(股)(Hirata Corporation),HC-6000)將用前述的方式製得之實施例i 〜1 3及、比較例1〜5著色感光性樹脂組成物塗布在無 鹼玻璃基板(Corning公司,1737,550mmx660mm)的表 面上後’在90C的無塵供箱(clean oven)内進行預烘烤 120秒’形成膜厚2·0μιη的塗膜(著色層),製得具備塗膜 的基板。(著色層形成步驟) 接下來,使用EGIS(V Technology(股),YAG雷射的 第三高次諧波(355nm) ’脈衝寬度(6nS)作為雷射曝光裝 置’對於感光性樹脂組成物層(著色層)表面,透過光罩 進行約lmJ/cm2的脈衝照射20次,使曝光部分硬化。(曝 光步驟)。 其後’使用顯影裝置(日立High-Technol〇gies 么司(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation)製),用 氫氧化鉀系顯影液C D K -1 (富士電子材料股份有限公 司(FujiFilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.)製)的 1 _〇%顯影液(1質量份的CDK-1、99質量份的純水 -86- 201222143 稀釋而成的液體’ 25。〇將沖洗壓力設定成〇.2〇MPa,將 此基板顯影50秒,然後用純水洗淨後,進行風乾(顯影 步驟)。其後’在2201的無塵烘箱内進行後烘烤3〇分鐘, 在基板上形成藍色的條紋狀晝素陣列。 (線寬度感度的評價) 使用具有20μιη寬度之線與間隙 光罩,使具備塗膜的基板上之感光性樹脂組成物層表面 與光罩之間隙(gap)成為200μηι,然後以20mJ/cm2之 曝光量進行曝光而形成經曝光的基板。對於用如此方式 製得之經曝光的基板,施予上述的顯影、洗淨、風乾、 後供烤處理。利用光學顯微鏡觀察製得之線圖案,測定 線寬度,以下述基準進行評價。 A 3 0 μ m以上 B 2 7μιη以上且未達 3 0 μ C 2 5 μηι以上且未達 27μ D 未達2 5 μηι E ·圖案未形成。或剝離而無法評價。 (直線性的評價) 利用光學顯微鏡(200倍)觀察在線寬度感度的評價 製4于之線圖案’目視線寬度的直線性(崎Α區狀況)’以下 述基準進行評價。 評價基準 A :無崎嶇或缺損,線為筆直 。 B :可看到數處的崎嶇,線幾乎筆直。 C :由於崎嶇或缺損產生2μιη左右(相對於線寬度10% -87- 201222143 左右)之線偏差。 D :由於崎嶇或缺損產生5μιη左右(相對於線寬度2〇% 以上)之線偏差。 Ε :圖案未形成。或剝離而無法評價。 (耐熱性的評價) 將在線寬度感度的評價製得之基板在2 4 0 °C之無塵 供箱内追加烘烤60分鐘,使用大塚電子(股)(〇tsuka—Evaluation of coloring photosensitive resin composition (formation of patterned pixels) Heavy average molecular weight: 35,000 Using a slit coater (Hirata Corporation, HC-6000) The colored photosensitive resin compositions of Examples i to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 prepared in the above manner were applied to the surface of an alkali-free glass substrate (Corning, 1737, 550 mm x 660 mm), and then were cleaned at 90 C. In a clean oven, pre-baking was performed for 120 seconds to form a coating film (colored layer) having a film thickness of 2.0 μm to obtain a substrate having a coating film. (Colored layer forming step) Next, using EGIS (V Technology, YAG laser third harmonic (355 nm) 'pulse width (6 nS) as a laser exposure device' for the photosensitive resin composition layer The surface of the (colored layer) was irradiated with a pulse of about lmJ/cm2 20 times through a mask to harden the exposed portion (exposure step). Thereafter, 'developing device was used (Hitachi High-Technologies, Hitachi High-Technol〇gies (manufactured by the Corporation), a potassium hydroxide-based developer CDK-1 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.), 1% by mass of developer (1 part by mass of CDK-1, 99 parts by mass of pure water-86-201222143 diluted liquid '25. 〇 set the rinsing pressure to 〇.2 〇 MPa, develop the substrate for 50 seconds, then wash with pure water, then air dry (development step Thereafter, post-baking was performed in a dust-free oven of 2201 for 3 minutes to form a blue stripe-shaped halogen matrix on the substrate. (Evaluation of line width sensitivity) Using a line and gap mask having a width of 20 μm Make The gap between the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer on the substrate of the coating film and the photomask was 200 μm, and then exposed to an exposure amount of 20 mJ/cm 2 to form an exposed substrate. For the exposure obtained in this manner The substrate was subjected to the above-mentioned development, washing, air drying, and post-baking treatment. The obtained line pattern was observed with an optical microscope, and the line width was measured and evaluated according to the following criteria: A 3 0 μ m or more and B 2 7 μmη or more. Less than 30 μ C 2 5 μηι or more and less than 27 μ D Less than 2 5 μηι E · The pattern was not formed or peeled off and could not be evaluated. (Evaluation of linearity) The optical width microscope (200 times) was used to observe the linear width sensitivity. The linearity (the situation of the rugged area) of the visual line pattern of the evaluation system 4 was evaluated based on the following criteria. Evaluation criteria A: No roughness or defect, the line is straight. B: You can see the ruggedness of several places. The line is almost straight. C: A line deviation of about 2 μmη (relative to the line width of 10% -87 to 201222143) due to ruggedness or defect. D: About 5 μmη due to ruggedness or defect (relative to Line deviation: 2〇% or more of the line width. Ε : The pattern is not formed or peeled off and cannot be evaluated. (Evaluation of heat resistance) The dust-free supply box of the substrate at 240 °C was obtained by evaluating the linear width sensitivity. Additional baking for 60 minutes, using Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. (〇tsuka

Electronics Co.,Ltd.)製分光測光器 MCPD-2000 對追加 烘烤前後之變色(ΔΕ* ab)進行評價。此處所謂ΔΕ* ab,係 意指L * a * b *表色系之中的色差。測定色差的變化△ ε ab並以下述基準進行評價。 評價基準 5 : ΔΕ* ab為0以上且未達1.0。 4.5 : ΔΕΊί為1.0以上且未達2.0。 4 :AE*ab為2.0以上〜未達3.0。 3.5 : ΔΕ*αΐ3為3.0以上〜未達3.5» 3 :AE*ab為3.5以上〜未達4.0。 2.5 :AE*ab為4.0以上〜未達5.0。 2 : ΔΕ* ab 為 5.0 以上 1 :有剝離。 (縮皺網紋的評價) 使用具有1 〇〇μιη寬度的線與間隙的光罩,使具備塗 膜的基板上的感光性樹脂組成物層表面與光罩之間隙 (gap)成為200μιη,然後以曝光量20mJ/cm2進行曝光而形 成經曝光的基板。對於用此方式製得之經曝光的基板, -88- 201222143 、洗淨、風乾、後烘烤處 察製得之線圖案,以下 理。利用光學 述基準評價表 施予上述的顯影 顯微鏡(200倍)觀 面的凹凸狀態。 評價基準 A :表面為平坦凹凸無 B:表面上少數的凹凸 C:在線的上下左右之 D :橫跨線的全體,μ Ε :橫跨線的全體,可 (綜合評價) 法完全辨認。 可辨認,但全體幾乎 一部分的凹凸可辨認 凸可辨認。 看見深的凹凸。 為平坦。 I線性、耐熱 综合評價為5 以下述基準综合地評價線寬度感度、: 性。將結果整合表示於表3。通常使用時, 或4較佳。 評價基準 5 :非常優良。 4 :通常使用上無問題的等級。 3 .通¥使用為勉強可接受的等級。 2 :性能不充分且無法通常使用的等級。 的等級。 1 :前述各評價的至少3個項目為明顯不良 -89- 201222143 [表3] 膜厚 (wra) 線幅感度 直線性 耐熱性 (BY) 顯影時間 (秒1 縮皺網紋 綜合性能 實施例1 2.00 A A 5 30 A 5 實施例2 2. 00 B A 5 30 A 5 實施例3 2. 00 A A 5 30 A 5 實施例4 2. 00 B A 5 30 A 5 實施例5 2. 00 B B 4 30 A 4 實施例6 2. 00 B 8 4 30 A 4 實施例7 2. 00 B B 4 25 A 4 實施例8 2. 00 B B 4 30 A 4 實施例9 2.00 A A 5 30 A 5 實施例10 2. 00 A A 5 30 A 5 實施例11 2. 00 A A 5 30 A 5 實施例12 2.00 A A 5 25 A 5 實施例13 2. 00 A A 5 25 A 5 實施例14 2. 00 8 A 4 25 B 4 比較例1 2. 00 E E 1 30 E 1 比較例2 2.00 A B 2 30 A 2 比較例3 2. 00 E E 5 30 E 1 比較例4 2. 00 C c 3 30 B 3 比較例5 2. 00 c C 3 30 C 2 由表3明顯可知,與本發明相關之實施例1〜1 4的 著色感光性樹脂組成物的線寬度感度良好且製得之圖案 的直線性優良、又即使將著色圖案加熱,顏色發生變色 亦小,在顯影時的縮皺網紋的發生亦被抑制,可製得良 好的著色圖案。 另一方面,使用不具有本發明之中的特定結構單元 的黏合劑樹脂之比較例1,其線寬度感度、圖案的直線 性、耐熱性、縮皺網紋均不良,使用本發明的範圍外的 -90- 201222143 肟酯系光聚合起始劑之比較例2,甘 仪W 2其耐熱性不充分,使 用肟酯糸以外的光聚合起始劑之比 平乂例3〜5,其線寬产 感度、直線性、縮皺網紋的任一去 又 有與貫施例比較均更加 地不良。 〔實施例1 5〜1 8〕 2-1.顏料分散物的製備 (合成例2 :鹵化鋅萘酞青顏料的合成) 將鄰本·一曱猜 '氣化辞作為盾斗1 + ?作馬原枓來製造鋅萘酞青。 將硫醯氣3 .1份、無水氣化鋁 . 3 ·/伤、氯化鈉〇. 4 6 份、鋅萘酞青1份在40。(:下混合,狹 …、设滴加溴2 · 2份來 進行鹵化。在80°C下反應1 5小睥,f β J時其後,將反應混合物 投入水中,使部分溴化鋅萘酞青舸姑 月祖顏枓析出。將此水性 漿料過濾’然後進行80°C的埶水殊签 ^ 。 …、7广冼竽,在9 0 °C下使其乾 燥,製得2.6份之經純化的部分溴 八 |刀廣化鋅萘酞青粗顏料。 將此部分溴化鋅萘酞青粗顏料 个顕科1份、經粉碎之氣化 納7份、二乙二醇、二甲苯G.G9份置人雙腕型捏 合機,在H)G°C下混煉6小時。混煉後取出並將其置入 8〇。(:的水⑽份中,授拌i小時後,進行過渡,熱水洗 滌、乾燥,製得經粉碎之部分漠化鋅萘酞青顏料。 由利用备量分析之齒素含量分析可知,製得之部分 溴化鋅萘酞青顏料的平均組成為ZnPcBriGCi4H2(Pc :萘 酞青),在1分子中平均含有1 0個溪。 另外,利用穿透型電子顯微鏡(日本電子(股)製 JEM-2010)測定而得之一次粒徑的平均值為〇 〇65μΓη。 (合成例3 :聚酯樹脂(i-1)的合成) -91. 201222143 混合正辛酸6.4g、ε_己内己内酯2〇〇g、鈦酸(IV)四 酯5 g ’在16 0 C下加熱8小時後,冷卻至室溫,製得 聚S旨樹脂(i -1)。Spectrophotometer MCPD-2000 manufactured by Electronics Co., Ltd.) evaluated the discoloration (ΔΕ* ab) before and after additional baking. Here, ΔΕ* ab means a color difference in the L*a*b* color system. The change in chromatic aberration Δ ε ab was measured and evaluated on the basis of the following criteria. Evaluation criteria 5 : ΔΕ* ab is 0 or more and less than 1.0. 4.5 : ΔΕΊί is 1.0 or more and less than 2.0. 4: AE*ab is 2.0 or more ~ less than 3.0. 3.5 : ΔΕ*αΐ3 is 3.0 or more ~ not up to 3.5» 3 : AE*ab is 3.5 or more ~ less than 4.0. 2.5: AE*ab is 4.0 or more ~ not up to 5.0. 2 : ΔΕ* ab is 5.0 or more 1 : There is peeling. (Evaluation of Wrinkle Texture) Using a mask having a line width and a gap of 1 μm width, the gap between the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer on the substrate having the coating film and the mask is 200 μm, and then Exposure was carried out at an exposure amount of 20 mJ/cm 2 to form an exposed substrate. For the exposed substrate prepared in this manner, the line pattern prepared by -88-201222143, washing, air drying, and post-baking is as follows. The unevenness of the observation surface of the developing microscope (200 times) was applied by the optical reference evaluation table. Evaluation criteria A: The surface is flat and uneven. B: A small number of irregularities on the surface C: Up and down of the line D: The whole of the line, μ Ε : The entire line of the line can be fully recognized by the (comprehensive evaluation) method. It is identifiable, but almost all of the bumps are identifiable and convex. See deep bumps. It is flat. I Linearity and heat resistance The overall evaluation was 5. The line width sensitivity and the property were comprehensively evaluated based on the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 3. Usually used, or 4 is preferred. Evaluation Benchmark 5: Very good. 4: Usually no problem is used. 3. Use ¥ as a barely acceptable level. 2: Levels where performance is insufficient and cannot be used normally. The level. 1 : At least 3 items of the above evaluations are obviously poor -89 - 201222143 [Table 3] Film thickness (wra) Line width sensitivity Linear heat resistance (BY) Development time (second 1 Shrinkage netting comprehensive performance Example 1 2.00 AA 5 30 A 5 Example 2 2. 00 BA 5 30 A 5 Example 3 2. 00 AA 5 30 A 5 Example 4 2. 00 BA 5 30 A 5 Example 5 2. 00 BB 4 30 A 4 Example 6 2. 00 B 8 4 30 A 4 Example 7 2. 00 BB 4 25 A 4 Example 8 2. 00 BB 4 30 A 4 Example 9 2.00 AA 5 30 A 5 Example 10 2. 00 AA 5 30 A 5 Example 11 2. 00 AA 5 30 A 5 Example 12 2.00 AA 5 25 A 5 Example 13 2. 00 AA 5 25 A 5 Example 14 2. 00 8 A 4 25 B 4 Comparative Example 1 2. 00 EE 1 30 E 1 Comparative Example 2 2.00 AB 2 30 A 2 Comparative Example 3 2. 00 EE 5 30 E 1 Comparative Example 4 2. 00 C c 3 30 B 3 Comparative Example 5 2. 00 c C 3 30 C 2 is apparent from Table 3, and the color-sensitive photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 14 according to the present invention have a good line width sensitivity and excellent linearity of the obtained pattern, and the color is generated even if the colored pattern is heated. Discoloration is also small, wrinkle during development The occurrence of the texture is also suppressed, and a good coloring pattern can be obtained. On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1 using an adhesive resin which does not have the specific structural unit in the present invention, the line width sensitivity, the linearity of the pattern, The heat resistance and the wrinkle-removed texture were all inferior, and Comparative Example 2 using the -90-201222143 oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator outside the scope of the present invention, the heat resistance of Ganyi W 2 was insufficient, and other than oxime ester oxime was used. The ratio of the photopolymerization initiator to the flat examples 3 to 5 is that the line width sensitivity, linearity, and wrinkle texture are more poorly compared with the examples. [Example 1 5~1 8] 2-1. Preparation of Pigment Dispersion (Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Zinc Halide Naphthalocyanine Pigment) Manufacture of zinc naphthoquinone by using Nakamoto Ayumi's gasification as a shield 1 + as a horse 3. Mix sulphur bismuth gas, anhydrous aluminum sulphide. 3 · / injury, sodium chloride 〇. 4 6 parts, zinc naphthoquinone 1 part at 40. (: under mixing, narrow ..., set drop 2 2 parts of bromine is halogenated. After reacting at 80 ° C for 15 hours, f β J, the reaction mixture was poured into water to precipitate a part of zinc bromide naphthalene. This aqueous slurry was filtered&apos; and then subjected to a water-repellent signature at 80 °C. ..., 7 冼竽, and dried at 90 ° C to obtain 2.6 parts of purified partially bromine VIII | knife broadened zinc naphthoquinone cyanine pigment. This part of zinc bromide naphthalene phthalocyanine pigment 1 part, pulverized gasification nano 7 parts, diethylene glycol, xylene G.G9 parts placed double wrist type kneading machine, in H) G ° Mix for 6 hours under C. After mixing, take it out and place it in 8 inches. (In the water (10) parts, after the mixing for 1 hour, the transition, hot water washing and drying were carried out to obtain a partially pulverized zinc naphthoquinone pigment. The dentin content analysis using the reserve analysis shows that The average composition of the zinc bromide naphthoquinone pigment is ZnPcBriGCi4H2 (Pc: naphthoquinone), which contains an average of 10 brooks per molecule. In addition, a penetrating electron microscope (JEM, manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) is used. -2010) The average value of the primary particle diameter measured was 〇〇65 μΓη. (Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of polyester resin (i-1)) -91. 201222143 Mixed n-octanoic acid 6.4 g, ε_内内内The ester 2〇〇g and the titanyl (IV) tetraester 5 g' were heated at 16 0 C for 8 hours, and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a poly(S) resin (i-1).

以下圖示合成路徑。 + HO 丄 C7H15-n —JK〇Bu&gt;4The synthetic path is shown below. + HO 丄 C7H15-n —JK〇Bu&gt;4

Ο HO Ο 〇7Ηΐ5-η (合成例4 :樹脂(J -1 )的合成) 混合聚乙亞胺(SP-018、數平均分子量ι,8〇〇,日本 觸媒(Nippon Shokubai Co.,Ltd.;^)10g 和在前述合成例 3製得之聚酯樹脂(i-l)l〇〇g,在12(TC下加熱3小時’得 到中間體(J-1B)。其後’放置冷卻至65〇c,慢慢地添加 含有丁二酸酐3.8g的PGMEA(溶劑)200g,攪拌2小時。 其後,添加PGMEA ,獲得樹脂(J-1)的PGMEA 10質量 %溶液。樹脂(J-1)為具有來自於聚酯樹脂丨)的側鏈和 來自於丁二酸酐的羧基者。 以下圖示合成路徑。 -92- 201222143 Ο 一1-C7H15-n +聚乙烯亞胺 4〇Ο HO Ο 〇7Ηΐ5-η (Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of Resin (J-1)) Mixed Polyethylenimine (SP-018, number average molecular weight ι, 8 〇〇, Nippon Catalyst (Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd) ;;) 10g and the polyester resin (il) l〇〇g obtained in the above Synthesis Example 3, obtained by heating at 12 (TC for 3 hours) to obtain an intermediate (J-1B). Thereafter, it was left to cool to 65. 〇c, 200 g of PGMEA (solvent) containing 3.8 g of succinic anhydride was slowly added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, PGMEA was added to obtain a PGMEA 10 mass% solution of the resin (J-1). Resin (J-1) It is a side chain derived from polyester resin oxime and a carboxyl group derived from succinic anhydride. The synthetic route is shown below. -92- 201222143 Ο 1-C7H15-n + polyethyleneimine 4〇

Ic^CHj-N^ 〇 |CH2CH2-Isl{|2 -[cH2CH2-NH2l-mi +CH2CH2AH*2}m2 f ΟΗ2ΟΚ2-ΝΗ-[-ηΗ °t5-&lt; * O -]^-Η 中間體(J-1B) •i-CH2CH2-N-^ j-CHoCHg-N^ 。 Ί&quot;ΟΗ2^Η2-Ν-]-|2Ic^CHj-N^ 〇|CH2CH2-Isl{|2 -[cH2CH2-NH2l-mi +CH2CH2AH*2}m2 f ΟΗ2ΟΚ2-ΝΗ-[-ηΗ °t5-&lt; * O -]^-Η Intermediate J-1B) • i-CH2CH2-N-^ j-CHoCHg-N^. Ί&quot;ΟΗ2^Η2-Ν-]-|2

〇fJ^-^〇|—*-07Η15-η 〇fkA^-〇|-H 、co2h y +CH2CH2-NH2fmi +CH2CH;rNH*2}m2 +CH2CH2-NH4n 樹脂(J-1) v (顏料分散液2的製備) 之 j 料 製 萘 —顏料分散液2 :綠色顏料 鹵化鋅萘酞青分散液一 在經置入直徑 0.5mm 的氧化锆珠〇fJ^-^〇|—*-07Η15-η 〇fkA^-〇|-H, co2h y +CH2CH2-NH2fmi +CH2CH;rNH*2}m2 +CH2CH2-NH4n Resin (J-1) v (Pigment dispersion Preparation of Liquid 2) Preparation of Naphthalene-Pigment Dispersion 2: Green Pigment Zinc Halide Naphthalocyanine Dispersion 1 Once zirconia beads of 0.5 mm in diameter are placed

AIMEX(股)(AIMEX Co·,Ltd.)製高速分散機「TSC-6H 中’置入在前述合成例2製得之部分溴化鋅萘酞青顏 (以下’適當地稱為PG58)14.9份、BYK-Chemie公司 丙烯酸系分散劑「BYK-2001」7.1份、PGMEA 78份 以每分2000轉攪拌8小時,製備經部分溴化之鹵化鋅 欧青顏料(綠色顏料PG58)的分散液(顏料分散液2)。 (顏料分散液3的製備) 顏料分散液3 :黃色顏料顏料黃1 5 0分散液— 下, 成 利用珠磨(氧化錯珠〇. 3 mm)將C. I.顏料黃1 5 0 (以 適當地稱為PY150 :平均粒徑60nm)15份、在前述合 -93- 201222143 :4製得之樹脂(J_1)75份、ρ(}ΜΕΑ 77 5份、混合•分 散3小時’以製備黃色顏料ργΐ5〇的分散液 :: 3)作為顏料。 π刀月艾狀 2-2.著色感光性樹脂組成物的製備 添加下述組成的成分,然後攪拌混合,以製備實施 例1 5的綠色(G)用著色感光性樹脂組成物(彩色光阻劑 液)。 •綠色顏料PG58的分散液(顏料分散液2)…53.42份 •育色顏料PY150的分散物(顏料分散液3). 23 8 1份 .聚合性化合物:二新戊四醇六(六丙烯酸酯)與二新戊 四醇五丙烯酸酯的丁二酸衍生物之混合物、酸價: 67mgKOH(商品名:τ〇_2349東亞合成製)u⑼份 •光聚合起始劑:(下述結構:化合物A2)..· 1.536份 •增感劑:多官能硫醇…丨.5 3 6份 (商品名:KARENZ MTBD1 昭和電工(Showa Denko K.K.) 製) •鹼可溶性樹脂...〇 · 1 〇9份 〔曱基丙烯酸烯丙酯/曱基丙烯酸(=8〇/2〇〔莫耳比〕) 共聚物(重量平均分子量:3〇 〇〇〇)〕 •溶劑:丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯57 47部 •聚合抑制劑:對曱氧基酚〇 〇〇5份 • II系界面活性劑(商品名:MEGAFACE F554 DIC製) …0.027份 • 3-乙氧基乙基丙酸酯..3〇 〇〇份 -94 - 201222143AIMEX Co., Ltd. (AIMEX Co., Ltd.) high-speed disperser "TSC-6H" placed part of the zinc bromide naphthoquinone prepared in the above Synthesis Example 2 (hereinafter 'appropriately referred to as PG58) 14.9 9.4 parts of BYK-Chemie's acrylic dispersant "BYK-2001" and 78 parts of PGMEA were stirred at 2000 rpm for 8 hours to prepare a dispersion of partially brominated zinc halide eucalyptus pigment (green pigment PG58). Pigment dispersion 2). (Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 3) Pigment Dispersion 3: Yellow Pigment Pigment Yellow 1 50 Dispersion - Under, use the bead mill (oxidized wrong bead. 3 mm) to CI Pig Yellow 1 5 0 (to be properly called It is 15 parts of PY150: average particle diameter of 60 nm), 75 parts of resin (J_1) obtained by the above-mentioned -93-201222143:4, ρ(}ΜΕΑ 77 5 parts, mixed and dispersed for 3 hours to prepare yellow pigment ργΐ5〇 Dispersion: 3) as a pigment. π 刀 艾 2 2-2. Preparation of coloring photosensitive resin composition A component of the following composition was added, and then stirred and mixed to prepare a green (G) coloring photosensitive resin composition of Example 15 (color resist) Liquid)). • Dispersion of green pigment PG58 (pigment dispersion 2)...53.42 parts •Dispersion of coloring pigment PY150 (pigment dispersion 3). 23 8 1 part. Polymerizable compound: dipentaerythritol hexa(hexaacrylate) a mixture of succinic acid derivative with dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, acid value: 67 mg KOH (trade name: τ〇_2349 East Asia Synthetic) u (9) parts • Photopolymerization initiator: (The following structure: compound A2)..· 1.536 parts • Sensitizer: Polyfunctional thiol...丨5 3 6 parts (trade name: KARENZ MTBD1 Showa Denko KK) • Alkali-soluble resin...〇· 1 〇9 [Allyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid (= 8 〇 / 2 〇 [mole ratio]) copolymer (weight average molecular weight: 3 〇〇〇〇)] • Solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 57 47 • Polymerization inhibitor: 5 parts of p-oxyphenol phenolphthalein • II type surfactant (trade name: MEGAFACE F554 DIC system) ... 0.027 parts • 3-ethoxyethyl propionate..3 〇〇〇份-94 - 201222143

化合物A 2 (實施例1 6) —处實施例1 5之中,除了將(F)作為增感劑而使用之多 展醇(商品名:KARENZ MTBD 1昭和電工製)變更為 夕S倉匕硫醇(商品名:KARENZ MTPE1昭和電工)以外, 與實轭例1 5相同地製備實施例1 6的著色感光性樹脂組 成物(彩色光阻劑液)。 (實施例17) 實施例1 5之中’除了將作為(c)聚合性化合物而使 用之(商品名:TO-2349東亞合成製)變更為(商品名: M-5 20東亞合成)以外,與實施例丨5相同地製備實施例 1 7的著色感光性樹脂組成物(彩色光阻劑液)。 另外,M-520為二新戊四醇六(六丙烯酸酯)與二新戊 四醇五丙烯酸酯的丁二酸衍生物之混合物’且為酸價為 3〇mgKOH的聚合性化合物。 (實施例18) 實施例1 5之中,除了將作為(C)聚合性化合物而使 用之(商品名:TO-2349東亞合成製)變更為(商品名: KAYARAD DPHA曰本化藥製,在下表中記為「DPH A」) -95- 201222143 以外’與實施例15相同地製備實施w 18的著色感光性 樹脂組成物(彩色光阻劑液)。 使用於前述實施例15〜18的著ό β 々 Λ 考色感光性樹脂組成 物之(Α)著色劑、(Β)黏合劑樹脂、(c)臂 、合性化合物、(D) 光聚合起始劑及(F)增感劑的詳細資料类_ Λ ^衣τκ於下述表4。 另外,在下述表4之中的(Β)黏合劑樹脂係在前述(Β) 黏合劑樹脂的說明欄中可列舉之例示化合物以其符號表 不者。另外,近似曝光在表4中記為r proxy」。 -96- 201222143 寸 °、 a. H )=〇 °N 0 ) m Ξ ( N Z &gt; ( 。1。 UJ a: &lt; 。1。 Ο &quot;Λ 蘅 S3 OJ CM CSi &lt;Ν &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; Φ Μ Q Aa &lt;a &lt;Π aj AJ &lt;0 T0-2349 &lt;1 口 嵌 TO-2349 M-520 DPHA 〇 nim 〇 〇 〇 Ο Β 屮 &lt;R S CO s CO S CO g CO 蘅 a 璉 I I τ— 彘 ffl i T~» 5 i S &lt;α &lt;a &lt;n &lt;Π &lt;〇 JJ AJ -v- AJ AJ ig iK i iS _ &lt;〇 co &lt;〇 &lt;ra uo oo LO CO ΙΟ CO L〇 CO 蘅 _ &lt; 龚 藤 费 紫 费 紫 &gt; &gt; &gt; &gt; 醛 0 α o a ο Q. a in ϊ (Ω T- 匡 卜 i 00 i 握 闺 留 留 W 邮 舾 -97- 201222143 者色感光性樹脂組成物的評價一 (圖案狀畫素的形成) 利用狹縫模(slit die) ’以塗布速度l〇〇mm/s、塗布 間隙1 ΟΟμιη、塗布流速1.3mi/s的條件,將用前述的方式 製得之實施例1 5〜1 8的著色感光性樹脂組成物各自塗 布於55〇mmx65〇mm的玻璃基板(1737,c〇rning公司製) 上而形成塗膜後’在減壓乾燥腔室中以到達壓力〇 5T〇rr 進行真空乾燥,然後在8 0 °C的供箱中乾燥1 2 0秒(預烘 烤)’形成膜厚2.Ομιη的著色感光性樹脂組成物層。 其後’使用光罩尺寸20μιη的條紋圖案,用超高壓 水銀燈以20mJ/cm2(照度35mW/cm2)間隙200μιη,對形成 之著色感光性樹脂組成物層進行近似曝光,將曝光後的 著色感光性樹脂組成物層’以鹼顯影液CDK-1 (商品名: 虽士電子材料股份有限公司製)的1%水溶液沖洗散布4 〇 秒’然後用純水沖洗散布60秒,將顯影液洗去。 接下來’在2 3 0 °C的烘箱中,將經施予如上述之曝光 及顯影處理之著色感光性樹脂組成物層進行加熱處理 (後供烤)40分鐘,在玻璃基板上形成構成彩色濾光片的 著色畫素之著色圖案’並在玻璃基板上形成綠色的條紋 狀畫素陣列(彩色濾光片)。 關於形成之彩色濾光片,與在實施例1之中者相同 地為之’進行線寬度感度、形成之圖案的直線性、耐熱 性、顯影時間、縮皺網紋的評價及綜合評價。於下述表 5表示結果。 -98 - 201222143 [表5] 膜厚 (Um) 線幅感度 直線性 耐熱性 (BY) 顯影時間 (秒) 縮皺網紋 綜合性能 實施例15 2.0 A A A 20 A 5 實施例16 2.0 A A A 20 A 5 實施例17 2.0 A B A 25 A 4 實施例18 2.0 A B A 30 A 4 由表5明顯可知’與本發明相關之實施例15〜18的 著色感光性樹月曰組成物,在曝光步驟中即使在進行近似 曝光的情形下,以與利用雷射曝光者相同,線寬度感度 良奸且製得之圖案的直線性優良,又即使將著色圖案加 ‘:、顏色發生邊色亦小,在顯影時的縮皺網紋的發生亦 被抑制’可製得良好的著色圖案。 (實施例19) '1.著色感光性樹脂組成物的製備 添加下述組成的成分,然後攪拌混合以製備實施例 19的綠色(G)用著色感光性樹脂組成物(彩色光阻劑液)。 •綠色顏料PG58的分散液(顏料分散液2)〜53 42份 汽色顏料PY150的分散物(顏料分散液3) 23 8 1份 •聚合性化合物:二新戊四醇六(六丙烯酸醋)與二新戊 四%五丙烯酸酯的混合物及二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯的 丁二酸衍生物的混合物(商品名:TO-2349東亞合成 製)1 1 ·68 份 ••光聚合起始劑:(下述結構:化合物A3)…1.636份 增感劑:多官能硫醇…丨_ 5 3 6份 -99- 201222143 (商品名:KARENZ MTBD1昭和電工製) •鹼可溶性樹脂..·0109份 〔甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯/甲基丙烯酸(=8 0/20〔莫耳比〕) 共聚物(重量平均分子量:30,000)〕 •溶劑:丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯…57.47份 •聚合抑制劑:對曱氧基酚..0 005份 •氟系界面活性劑(商品名:MEGAFACEF554 DIC製)···0_〇27份 •丙酸-3-乙氧基乙酯…30.00份Compound A 2 (Example 16) - In the case of Example 15 except that (F) was used as a sensitizer, the polyalcohol (trade name: KARENZ MTBD 1 manufactured by Showa Denko) was changed to the evening S warehouse. A coloring photosensitive resin composition (color resist liquid) of Example 16 was prepared in the same manner as in the yoke example 15 except for the thiol (trade name: KARENZ MTPE1). (Example 17) In the example of the invention, except that (product name: TO-2349 East Asian synthesis) was used as the (c) polymerizable compound (trade name: M-5 20 East Asian synthesis), The colored photosensitive resin composition (color resist liquid) of Example 17 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 5. Further, M-520 is a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexa(hexaacrylate) and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate succinic acid derivative and is a polymerizable compound having an acid value of 3 〇 mgKOH. (Example 18) In the example of the invention, the product (product name: TO-2349 East Asia Synthetic) was used as the (C) polymerizable compound, and the product name was KAYARAD DPHA. In the table, the coloring photosensitive resin composition (color resist liquid) which carried out w18 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 15 except that it was "DPH A") -95-201222143. The Αβ 々Λ coloring photosensitive resin composition used in the above-mentioned Examples 15 to 18 (着色) colorant, (Β) binder resin, (c) arm, conjugate compound, (D) photopolymerization Details of the starting agent and (F) sensitizer _ Λ ^衣τκ are shown in Table 4 below. Further, the (Β) binder resin in the following Table 4 is an exemplary compound which can be exemplified in the description column of the above (Β) binder resin. In addition, the approximate exposure is denoted as r proxy" in Table 4. -96- 201222143 inch °, a. H )=〇°N 0 ) m Ξ ( NZ &gt; ( .1. UJ a: &lt; 1.. Ο &quot;Λ 蘅S3 OJ CM CSi &lt;Ν &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; Φ Μ Q Aa &lt;a &lt; & aj AJ &lt;0 T0-2349 &lt;1 mouth embedded TO-2349 M-520 DPHA 〇nim 〇〇〇Ο 屮 屮&lt;RS CO s CO S CO g CO 蘅a 琏II τ— 彘ffl i T~» 5 i S &lt;α &lt;a &lt;n &lt;Π &lt;〇JJ AJ -v- AJ AJ ig iK i iS _ &lt;〇co &lt ;〇&lt;ra uo oo LO CO ΙΟ CO L〇CO 蘅_ &lt;龚藤费紫费紫&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; aldehyde 0 α oa ο Q. a in ϊ (Ω T- 匡卜 i 00 I 闺 闺 舾 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 The coloring photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 15 to 18 which were obtained in the above manner were applied to a glass substrate of 55 mm×65 mm by the conditions of the gap 1 ΟΟμηη and the coating flow rate of 1.3 mi/s. 1737, manufactured by c〇rning Co., Ltd.) After forming a coating film, it was vacuum dried in a vacuum drying chamber to reach a pressure of 〇5T〇rr, and then dried in a tank at 80 °C for 120 seconds. Baking] 'Forming a coloring photosensitive resin composition layer having a film thickness of 2. Ομηη. Thereafter, a stripe pattern having a mask size of 20 μm was used, and an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp was used to form a gap of 200 μm with a gap of 20 mJ/cm 2 (illuminance of 35 mW/cm 2 ). The coloring photosensitive resin composition layer was subjected to approximate exposure, and the exposed coloring photosensitive resin composition layer ' was rinsed with a 1% aqueous solution of an alkali developer CDK-1 (trade name: manufactured by Shishi Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.). 4 leap seconds' then rinsed with pure water for 60 seconds, and the developer was washed away. Next, in the oven at 203 ° C, the colored photosensitive resin composition subjected to the exposure and development treatment as described above was applied. The layer was subjected to heat treatment (post-bake) for 40 minutes to form a colored pattern of colored pixels constituting the color filter on the glass substrate, and a green striped pixel array (color filter) was formed on the glass substrate. With respect to the color filter formed, the linear width sensitivity, the linearity of the formed pattern, the heat resistance, the development time, and the wrinkle texture were evaluated and comprehensively evaluated in the same manner as in the first embodiment. The results are shown in Table 5 below. -98 - 201222143 [Table 5] Film thickness (Um) Line width sensitivity Linear heat resistance (BY) Development time (seconds) Wrinkle texture comprehensive performance Example 15 2.0 AAA 20 A 5 Example 16 2.0 AAA 20 A 5 Example 17 2.0 ABA 25 A 4 Example 18 2.0 ABA 30 A 4 It is apparent from Table 5 that the color-sensitive photosensitive dendrimer compositions of Examples 15 to 18 relating to the present invention are subjected to approximation even in the exposure step. In the case of exposure, as in the case of using the laser exposure, the linearity of the line width is good and the pattern obtained is excellent in linearity, and even if the coloring pattern is added with a color, the color is small, and the color is reduced during development. The occurrence of wrinkles is also suppressed' can produce a good color pattern. (Example 19) '1. Preparation of coloring photosensitive resin composition The component of the following composition was added, and it stirred by mixing to prepare the coloring photosensitive resin composition for green (G) of Example 19 (color photoresist liquid). . • Dispersion of green pigment PG58 (pigment dispersion 2) ~ 53 Dispersion of 42 parts of vapor pigment PY150 (pigment dispersion 3) 23 8 1 part • Polymerizable compound: dipentaerythritol six (hexaacrylate) Mixture with dipentaerythritol tetraacetate and succinic acid derivative of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (trade name: TO-2349 East Asia Synthetic) 1 1 · 68 parts • Photopolymerization start Agent: (The following structure: Compound A3)...1.636 parts of sensitizer: Polyfunctional thiol...丨_ 5 3 6 parts-99- 201222143 (trade name: KARENZ MTBD1 manufactured by Showa Denko) • Alkali-soluble resin..·0109 [Allyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid (= 8 0 / 20 [mole ratio]) copolymer (weight average molecular weight: 30,000)] • Solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate ... 57.47 • Polymerization inhibitor: p-methoxyphenol: 0 005 parts • Fluoride-based surfactant (trade name: MEGAFACEF554 DIC system) ····0_〇27 parts • Propionate-3-ethoxyethyl ester...30.00 Share

化合物A 3 (實施例20) 貫施例1 9之中,除了將作為(F)增感劑而使用之多 官能硫醇(商品名:KARENZ MTBD1昭和電工製)變更為 多官能硫醇(商品名:KARENZ MTPE1昭和電工)以外, 與實施例1 9相同地製備實施例20的著色感光性樹脂組 成物(彩色光阻劑液)。 (實施例2 1) 實施例19之中’除了將作為(c)聚合性化合物而使 -100- 201222143 用之(商品名:το·2349東亞合成製)變更為(商品名. M-52〇東亞合成)以外,與實施例1 9相同地製備實施例 2 1的著色感光性樹脂組成物(彩色光阻劑液)。 (實施例22) 實施例19之中,除了將作為(C)聚合性化合物而使 用之(商品名:TO-2349東亞合成製)變更為(商品名: KAYARAD DPHA曰本化藥製)以外,與實施例19相同 地製備只化例22的著色感光性樹脂組成物(彩色光阻劑 液)β 使用於前述實施例19〜22的著色感光性樹脂組成 物之(Α)著色劑、(Β)黏合劑樹脂、(c)聚合性化合物、(… 光聚合起始劑及(F)增感劑的詳細資料於下述表6表示。 另外,在下述表6之中的(B)黏合劑樹脂係在前述(B) 黏合劑樹脂的說明欄中可列舉之例示化合物以其符號表 示者。另外,近似曝光在表6中記為「pr〇xy」。 -101 - 201222143 【9&lt;】 (F)增感劑 1 〇 4 KAREN2 MTPE1 0 \ A SH Ο Ο SH (D)聚合起始劑 化合物A 3 化合物A 3 化合物A 3 I ______ — 化合物A 3 (C)聚合性化合物 T0-2349 T0-2349 LO rs I DPHA (B)黏合劑樹脂 分子量 35000 35000 35000 35000 黏合劑樹脂 例示化合物1-1 例示化合物1-1 例示化合物1-1 I___ 例示化合物1-1 (A)著色劑 t 35. 6% 35. 6% 35.6% 35. 6% 顔料 赍 紫 费 繁 曝光 proxy proxy proxy proxy 賁施例19 寅施例20 寳施例21 實施例22 -102- 201222143 —著色感光性樹脂組成物的評價一 (圖案狀畫素的形成) 與實施例1 5〜1 7相同地為之,將用前述的方式製得 之實施例 1 9〜22的著色感光性樹脂組成物各自形成著 色感光性樹脂組成物層、曝光成圖案狀、進行顯影處理、 進行後烘烤、在玻璃基板上形成構成彩色濾光片的著色 晝素之著色圖案並在玻璃基板上形成綠色的條紋狀畫素 陣列(彩色濾光片)。 關於形成之彩色濾光片,與在實施例1 5〜1 7之中者 相同地為之,進行線寬度感度、形成之圖案的直線性、 耐熱性、顯影時間、縮皺網紋的評價及综合評價。在下 述表7表示結果。 表7] 膜厚 (// m) 線幅感度 直線性 耐熱性 (BY) 顯影時間 (秒) 縮皺網紋 綜合性能 實施例19 2.0 A A A 20 A 5 實施例20 2.0 A A A 20 A 5 實施例21 2.0 A B A 25 A 4 實施例22 2.0 A B A 30 A 4 由表7明顯可知,與本發明相關之實施例1 9〜22的 著色感光性樹脂組成物即使在變更起始劑的情形下,與 實施例1 5〜實施例1 7相同地線寬度感度良好且製得之 圖案的直線性優良,又即使將著色圖案加熱,顏色發生 變色亦小,在顯影時的縮皺網紋的發生亦被抑制,可製 得良好的著色圖案。 -103- 201222143 【圖式簡單號說明】 4E 〇 J ί ΛΝ 【主要元件符號說明】 Μ 〇 y\\\ -104-Compound A 3 (Example 20) The polyfunctional thiol (trade name: KARENZ MTBD1, manufactured by Showa Denko), which is used as the (F) sensitizer, was changed to a polyfunctional thiol (product). A colored photosensitive resin composition (color resist liquid) of Example 20 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 19 except that the name was KARENZ MTPE1. (Example 2 1) In the example 19, except for the (c) polymerizable compound, -100-201222143 (trade name: το·2349 East Asia Synthetic System) was changed to (trade name. M-52〇) A colored photosensitive resin composition (color resist liquid) of Example 21 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 19 except for the synthesis of East Asia. (Example 22) In the example 19, except that the product (product name: TO-2349 East Asia Synthetic) was used as the (C) polymerizable compound, the product name was changed to (product name: KAYARAD DPHA). In the same manner as in Example 19, only the colored photosensitive resin composition (color resist liquid) of Example 22 was prepared. The coloring agent used in the coloring photosensitive resin compositions of the above Examples 19 to 22, (Β) The details of the binder resin, (c) polymerizable compound, (... photopolymerization initiator, and (F) sensitizer are shown in the following Table 6. In addition, (B) binder in Table 6 below The resin is represented by the symbol of the exemplified compound in the description column of the above (B) binder resin. The approximate exposure is shown in Table 6 as "pr〇xy". -101 - 201222143 [9&lt;] ( F) Sensitizer 1 〇4 KAREN2 MTPE1 0 \ A SH Ο Ο SH (D) Polymerization initiator Compound A 3 Compound A 3 Compound A 3 I ______ — Compound A 3 (C) Polymerizable compound T0-2349 T0- 2349 LO rs I DPHA (B) Binder Resin Molecular Weight 35000 35000 35000 35000 Adhesive Resin Illustrative Compound 1-1 Illustrative Compound 1-1 Illustrative Compound 1-1 I___ Illustrative Compound 1-1 (A) Colorant t 35. 6% 35. 6% 35.6% 35. 6% Pigment Violet Probably Proxy Proxy Proxy EMBODIMENT Example 19 Example 20 Example 21 Example 22 -102-201222143 - Evaluation of coloring photosensitive resin composition (Formation of patterned pixels) The same as Example 1 5 to 1 7 Each of the colored photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 19 to 22 obtained in the above manner was formed into a colored photosensitive resin composition layer, exposed to a pattern, subjected to development treatment, and post-baked, on a glass substrate. Forming a colored pattern of colored enamel constituting the color filter and forming a green striped pixel array (color filter) on the glass substrate. Regarding the formed color filter, and in Embodiments 15 to 17 In the same manner, the linear width sensitivity, the linearity of the formed pattern, the heat resistance, the development time, the evaluation of the wrinkle texture, and the overall evaluation were performed. The results are shown in Table 7 below. Table 7] Film thickness (/ / m) Line width sensitivity linear resistance (BY) Development time (seconds) Wrinkle texture comprehensive performance Example 19 2.0 AAA 20 A 5 Example 20 2.0 AAA 20 A 5 Example 21 2.0 ABA 25 A 4 Example 22 2.0 ABA 30 A 4 From Table 7 It is apparent that the colored photosensitive resin composition of Examples 19 to 22 according to the present invention has the same line width sensitivity as in Examples 15 to 17 and is obtained in the same manner as in the case of changing the initiator. The pattern has excellent linearity, and even if the colored pattern is heated, color discoloration is small, and occurrence of wrinkle texture during development is suppressed, and a good coloring pattern can be obtained. -103- 201222143 [Description of simple figure] 4E 〇 J ί ΛΝ [Description of main component symbols] Μ 〇 y\\\ -104-

Claims (1)

201222143 七、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種著色感光性樹脂組成物,其係至少含有(A)著色 劑、(B)黏合劑樹脂' (C)聚合性化合物、(D)以下述通 式(III)表示的光聚合起始劑及(E)溶劑, 該(B)黏合劑樹脂在分子内含有選自包含(B-1)以下述 通式(I)表示的結構單元、(B-2)具有N位-取代順丁烯 二醯亞胺基的結構單元及(B-3)以下述通式(II)表示 的結構單元之群組中的至少1種的結構單元; 相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,該(D) 光聚合起始劑的含量為5質量%〜1 5質量% :201222143 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A colored photosensitive resin composition containing at least (A) a colorant, (B) a binder resin '(C) a polymerizable compound, and (D) having the following formula (III) The photopolymerization initiator and (E) solvent, wherein the (B) binder resin contains, in the molecule, a structural unit selected from the group consisting of (B-1) represented by the following formula (I), and (B-2) a structural unit having a N-substituted maleimide group and (B-3) a structural unit of at least one of the group of structural units represented by the following formula (II); The total solid content of the resin composition, the content of the (D) photopolymerization initiator is from 5% by mass to 15% by mass: r14r13r11 I i I Ο —-C —C=C 通式(I)中,R11〜R15各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原 子、氰基、烷基或芳基,R16表示氫原子或曱基;R14r13r11 I i I Ο — —C — C=C In the formula (I), R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 16 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group; -105- 201222143 通式(II)中,R21矣-p 表不氣原子或曱基,R22表示碳原子 數1 ‘ &quot; 6的伸惊其.2 3 土 ’ R 及R24各自獨立地為碳原子數 、、燒基任—者為氫原子且另一者為碳原子數 4以下的燒基或表* r23 &amp;以互相鍵結形成碳原子 環之基;-105- 201222143 In the formula (II), R21矣-p represents a gas atom or a sulfhydryl group, and R22 represents a carbon atom number of 1 ' &quot; 6 stunned. 2 3 soil 'R and R24 are each independently carbon The number of atoms, the sinter group is a hydrogen atom and the other is a group having 4 or less carbon atoms or the group *r23 &amp; is bonded to each other to form a ring of a carbon atom; 通式(III)中’ χΐ、X2及X3各自獨立地表示氫原子、 齒素原子或烧基,R1表示-R、-OR、-COR、-SR、 -CONRR’或_CN ’ R2及R3各自獨立地表示_R、_〇R、 -COR、-SR或-NRR,;尺及R,各自獨立地表示烷基、 (III) 芳基、芳炫•基或雜環基,此等之基可被選自包含鹵素 原子及雜環基的群組中的1個以上取代,在該烷基及 芳烷基之中的構成烷基鏈之碳原子的1個以上可置 換為不飽和鍵、醚鍵或酯鍵,R及R ’可互相鍵結形成 環。 2·如申請專利範圍第1項之著色感光性樹脂組成物,其 係進一步含有(F)選自多官能硫醇化合物之增感劑。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之著色感光性樹脂組成物,其 中該(B)黏合劑樹脂在分子内含有: 50莫耳%〜90莫耳%之選自包含(B-1)以通式⑴表示 -106- 201222143 的結構單元、(B-2)具有N位-取代順丁烯二醯亞胺基 的結構單元及(B-3)以通式(II)表示的結構單元之群 組中的至少1種結構單元與具有酸性基的結構單 元,且該(B)黏合劑樹脂為重量平均分子量在 10000 〜1 0 0 0 0 0的範圍内之樹脂。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項之著色感光性樹脂組成物,其 係紫外線雷射曝光用。 5. —種圖案形成方法,其係包含: 將申請專利範圍第1至4項中任一項之著色感光性樹 脂組成物賦予至基板上而形成著色層的著色層形成 步驟、 對該著色層,利用紫外線雷射曝光成圖案形狀,並使 曝光部硬化的曝光步驟、 藉由顯影將前著色層的未硬化部除去以形成圖案的 顯影步驟。 6. 如申請專利範圍第5項之圖案形成方法,其中該紫外 線雷射的曝光波長為300nm〜380nm的範圍。 7. 如申請專利範圍第5項之圖案形成方法,其中該紫外 線雷射為以20Hz〜2000Hz的頻率震盪之脈衝雷射。 8. —種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其係包含藉由如申請專 利範圍第5項之圖案形成方法在基板上形成著色圖案 的步驟。 9. 一種彩色濾光片,其係利用如申請專利範圍第8項之 製造方法製造而成。 1 〇. —種顯示裝置,其係具備如申請專利範圍第9項之彩 色濾光片。 -107- 201222143 四、指定代表圖·· (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式: 命〇 201222143 修正頁 (2012年5月15曰修正) 發明專利說明書 PD1117532(9) (本說明書格式、順序,請勿任意更動,※記號部分請勿填寫) ※申請案號、001 14370 ※申請日: 别P C分類: 一、發明名稱:(中文/英文) 著色感光性樹脂組成物、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片之製造 方法、彩色濾光片及具備其之顯示裝置 COLOR PHOTOSENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, METHOD OF FORMING A PATTERN, METHOD OF PRODUCING A COLOR FILTER, AND COLOR FILTER AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME 二、中文發明摘要: 本發明的課題是提供一種著色感光性樹脂組成物、 使用其之圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、彩色 濾光片及顯示裝置。其中該著色感光性樹脂組成物可形 成線寬度感度高、直線性優良、在顯影時的皺紋產生被 抑制、形成有耐熱性優良的硬化膜、後烘烤後的亮度降 低小的圖案° 本發明課題的解決手段是提供一種著色感光性樹脂 組成物,其係含有(A)著色劑、(B)黏合劑樹脂、(C)聚合 性化合物、(D)以通式(ΙΠ)表示的光聚合起始劑及(E)溶 劑。該(B)黏合劑樹脂在分子内含有選自包含(B-1)以通式 (I)表示的結構單元、(B-2)具有N位-取代順丁烯二醯亞胺 基的結構單元及(B-3)以通式(II)表示的結構單元之結構 單元。(D)光聚合起始劑的含量為5質量%〜15質量%。 201222143 修正頁 (2012年5月15曰修正) 發明專利說明書 PD1117532(9) (本說明書格式、順序,請勿任意更動,※記號部分請勿填寫) ※申請案號、001 14370 ※申請日: 别P C分類: 一、發明名稱:(中文/英文) 著色感光性樹脂組成物、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片之製造 方法、彩色濾光片及具備其之顯示裝置 COLOR PHOTOSENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, METHOD OF FORMING A PATTERN, METHOD OF PRODUCING A COLOR FILTER, AND COLOR FILTER AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME 二、中文發明摘要: 本發明的課題是提供一種著色感光性樹脂組成物、 使用其之圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、彩色 濾光片及顯示裝置。其中該著色感光性樹脂組成物可形 成線寬度感度高、直線性優良、在顯影時的皺紋產生被 抑制、形成有耐熱性優良的硬化膜、後烘烤後的亮度降 低小的圖案° 本發明課題的解決手段是提供一種著色感光性樹脂 組成物,其係含有(A)著色劑、(B)黏合劑樹脂、(C)聚合 性化合物、(D)以通式(ΙΠ)表示的光聚合起始劑及(E)溶 劑。該(B)黏合劑樹脂在分子内含有選自包含(B-1)以通式 (I)表示的結構單元、(B-2)具有N位-取代順丁烯二醯亞胺 基的結構單元及(B-3)以通式(II)表示的結構單元之結構 單元。(D)光聚合起始劑的含量為5質量%〜15質量%。 201222143In the formula (III), 'χΐ, X2 and X3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a dentate atom or a burnt group, and R1 represents -R, -OR, -COR, -SR, -CONRR' or _CN 'R2 and R3 Each independently represents _R, _〇R, -COR, -SR or -NRR, and R and R each independently represent an alkyl group, a (III) aryl group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group, etc. The group may be substituted with one or more selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and a heterocyclic group, and one or more of the carbon atoms constituting the alkyl chain among the alkyl group and the aralkyl group may be substituted with an unsaturated bond. , an ether bond or an ester bond, R and R ' may be bonded to each other to form a ring. 2. The colored photosensitive resin composition of claim 1, further comprising (F) a sensitizer selected from the group consisting of polyfunctional thiol compounds. 3. The colored photosensitive resin composition of claim 1, wherein the (B) binder resin contains: 50 mol% to 90 mol% of the binder selected from the group consisting of (B-1) The formula (1) represents a structural unit of -106 to 201222143, (B-2) a structural unit having an N-substituted maleimide group, and (B-3) a group of structural units represented by the formula (II) At least one structural unit in the group and a structural unit having an acidic group, and the (B) binder resin is a resin having a weight average molecular weight in the range of 10,000 to 1,000,000. 4. For the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the first application of the patent scope, it is used for ultraviolet laser exposure. A pattern forming method comprising: a coloring layer forming step of forming a colored layer by applying a colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4 to a substrate, and the colored layer An exposure step of exposing a pattern shape by ultraviolet laser irradiation and hardening the exposed portion, and a developing step of removing the uncured portion of the front colored layer by development to form a pattern. 6. The pattern forming method of claim 5, wherein the ultraviolet laser has an exposure wavelength in a range of 300 nm to 380 nm. 7. The pattern forming method of claim 5, wherein the ultraviolet laser is a pulsed laser oscillated at a frequency of 20 Hz to 2000 Hz. A method of producing a color filter comprising the step of forming a colored pattern on a substrate by a pattern forming method according to item 5 of the patent application. A color filter manufactured by the manufacturing method of claim 8 of the patent application. A display device comprising a color filter as in claim 9 of the patent application. -107- 201222143 IV. Designation of Representative Representatives (1) The representative representative of the case is: None. (2) A brief description of the symbol of the representative figure: 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: 命〇201222143 Revision page (Amended on May 15, 2012) Patent Specification PD1117532(9 (In the format and order of this manual, please do not change it arbitrarily. ※Please do not fill in the mark.) ※Application number, 001 14370 ※Application date: Do not classify PC: 1. Name of the invention: (Chinese/English) Composition of colored photosensitive resin , pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, color filter, and display device therewith COLOR PHOTOSENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, METHOD OF FORMING A PATTERN, METHOD OF PRODUCING A COLOR FILTER, AND COLOR FILTER AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME 2. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a colored photosensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method using the same, a method for producing a color filter, a color filter, and a display device. In the coloring photosensitive resin composition, it is possible to form a pattern having high line width sensitivity, excellent linearity, suppression of wrinkles during development, formation of a cured film excellent in heat resistance, and low brightness reduction after post-baking. The solution to the problem is to provide a colored photosensitive resin composition containing (A) a colorant, (B) a binder resin, (C) a polymerizable compound, and (D) a photopolymer represented by the formula (ΙΠ). Starting agent and (E) solvent. The (B) binder resin contains a structure selected from the group consisting of (B-1) a structural unit represented by the formula (I) and (B-2) having an N-substituted maleimide group. The unit and (B-3) are structural units of the structural unit represented by the formula (II). The content of the (D) photopolymerization initiator is from 5% by mass to 15% by mass. 201222143 Amendment page (Amended on May 15th, 2012) Patent Specification PD1117532(9) (Please do not change the format and order of this manual, please do not fill in the ※ part) ※Application number, 001 14370 ※Application date: PC classification: 1. Invention name: (Chinese/English) Coloring photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, color filter, and display device therewith COLOR PHOTOSENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, METHOD OF FORMING A PATTERN, METHOD OF PRODUCING A COLOR FILTER, AND COLOR FILTER AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME 2. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a colored photosensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method using the same, and a color filter Manufacturing method, color filter and display device. In the coloring photosensitive resin composition, it is possible to form a pattern having high line width sensitivity, excellent linearity, suppression of wrinkles during development, formation of a cured film excellent in heat resistance, and low brightness reduction after post-baking. The solution to the problem is to provide a colored photosensitive resin composition containing (A) a colorant, (B) a binder resin, (C) a polymerizable compound, and (D) a photopolymer represented by the formula (ΙΠ). Starting agent and (E) solvent. The (B) binder resin contains a structure selected from the group consisting of (B-1) a structural unit represented by the formula (I) and (B-2) having an N-substituted maleimide group. The unit and (B-3) are structural units of the structural unit represented by the formula (II). The content of the (D) photopolymerization initiator is from 5% by mass to 15% by mass. 201222143 (ill)(ill) 、英文發明摘要: 無。, English invention summary: None.
TW100114370A 2010-04-27 2011-04-26 Color photosensitive resin composition, method of forming a pattern, method of producing a color filter, and color filter and display device having the same TWI495953B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010102683 2010-04-27
JP2010150508 2010-06-30
JP2011042600 2011-02-28

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201222143A true TW201222143A (en) 2012-06-01
TWI495953B TWI495953B (en) 2015-08-11

Family

ID=44887039

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100114370A TWI495953B (en) 2010-04-27 2011-04-26 Color photosensitive resin composition, method of forming a pattern, method of producing a color filter, and color filter and display device having the same

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2012194516A (en)
KR (1) KR20110119565A (en)
CN (1) CN102236256B (en)
TW (1) TWI495953B (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI608301B (en) * 2014-02-26 2017-12-11 Nippon Shokubai Co Ltd Curing resin composition and use thereof
TWI763186B (en) * 2015-03-30 2022-05-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Colored photosensitive composition, cured film, pattern forming method, infrared cut filter with light shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
TWI803599B (en) * 2018-03-26 2023-06-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 photosensitive composition
TWI806971B (en) * 2018-03-05 2023-07-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 photosensitive composition
TWI814868B (en) * 2018-08-10 2023-09-11 日商信越化學工業股份有限公司 Heat-curable resin composition for semiconductor encapsulation and semiconductor device

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012220759A (en) * 2011-04-11 2012-11-12 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter using the same, and liquid crystal display device
EP2963016B1 (en) 2012-05-09 2017-10-11 Basf Se Oxime ester photoinitiators
KR101599955B1 (en) * 2012-12-21 2016-03-04 제일모직 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition for color filter and color filter using the same
TWI668210B (en) * 2013-11-28 2019-08-11 塔可馬科技股份有限公司 Photoinitiator and photosensitive composition including the same
JP6704675B2 (en) * 2015-03-30 2020-06-03 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
KR102121424B1 (en) 2016-12-02 2020-06-10 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, black pixel defining layer using the same and display device
US10738241B2 (en) 2018-01-23 2020-08-11 Shenzhen China Star Optoelectronics Technology Co., Ltd. Resin composition, cured photoresist and display panel
CN108255016A (en) * 2018-01-23 2018-07-06 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Resin combination, curing photoresist and display panel
CN112111028A (en) * 2019-06-21 2020-12-22 江苏英力科技发展有限公司 Photoinitiator composition containing acylcarbazole derivative and carbazolyl oxime ester and application of photoinitiator composition in photocuring composition
TW202130767A (en) * 2019-12-03 2021-08-16 日商王子控股股份有限公司 Adhesive sheet, method for producing adhesive sheet, and method for selecting colorant

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1720245B (en) * 2002-12-03 2010-05-26 西巴特殊化学品控股有限公司 Oxime ester photoinitiators with heteroaromatic groups
JP4484482B2 (en) * 2003-09-25 2010-06-16 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
JP2005220097A (en) * 2004-02-06 2005-08-18 Asahi Denka Kogyo Kk Oxime ester compound having thiophene structure and photopolymerization initiator containing the compound
JP2008033229A (en) * 2006-07-07 2008-02-14 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, partition wall and method for producing the same, color filter and method for manufacturing the same, and display device
JP2009294619A (en) * 2008-06-09 2009-12-17 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin laminate and pattern forming method
JP5171506B2 (en) * 2008-06-30 2013-03-27 富士フイルム株式会社 NOVEL COMPOUND, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITION, COLOR FILTER, PROCESS FOR PRODUCING THE SAME, SOLID-STATE IMAGING ELEMENT, AND lithographic printing plate
TW201009498A (en) * 2008-07-07 2010-03-01 Fujifilm Corp Colored photosensitive resin composition, method of forming pattern using ultraviolet laser, method of producing color filter using the pattern forming method, color filter, and display device
JP2010015111A (en) * 2008-07-07 2010-01-21 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition for ultraviolet laser exposure, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing color filter, color filter and display including the same
JP2010015106A (en) * 2008-07-07 2010-01-21 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition for ultraviolet laser exposure, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing color filter, color filter and display
US8334085B2 (en) * 2008-09-02 2012-12-18 Fujifilm Corporation Colored curable composition, color filter and method of producing the same, and dipyrromethene metal complex compound and tautomer thereof
CN105159030A (en) * 2008-11-05 2015-12-16 东京应化工业株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and base
JP2010127961A (en) * 2008-11-25 2010-06-10 Dnp Fine Chemicals Co Ltd Photosensitive color resin composition
JP2010191119A (en) * 2009-02-17 2010-09-02 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive composition for forming color layer, color filter and solid-state imaging device

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI608301B (en) * 2014-02-26 2017-12-11 Nippon Shokubai Co Ltd Curing resin composition and use thereof
TWI763186B (en) * 2015-03-30 2022-05-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Colored photosensitive composition, cured film, pattern forming method, infrared cut filter with light shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
TWI806971B (en) * 2018-03-05 2023-07-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 photosensitive composition
US11953831B2 (en) 2018-03-05 2024-04-09 Fujifilm Corporation Photosensitive composition
TWI803599B (en) * 2018-03-26 2023-06-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 photosensitive composition
TWI814868B (en) * 2018-08-10 2023-09-11 日商信越化學工業股份有限公司 Heat-curable resin composition for semiconductor encapsulation and semiconductor device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20110119565A (en) 2011-11-02
CN102236256A (en) 2011-11-09
CN102236256B (en) 2014-10-08
TWI495953B (en) 2015-08-11
JP2012194516A (en) 2012-10-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201222143A (en) Color photosensitive resin composition, method of forming a pattern, method of producing a color filter, and color filter and display device having the same
TWI543993B (en) Black curable composition, light-shielding color filter for a solid-state imaging device and method of producing the same, solid-state imaging device, wafer level lens, and camera module
TWI559087B (en) Colored radiation-sensitive resin composition, colored cured film, color filter, forming method of colored pattern, manufacturing method of color filter, solid state imaging element and image display device
TWI541603B (en) Colored radiation-sensitive resin composition, colored cured film, color filter, forming method of pattern, manufacturing method of color filter, solid state imaging element and image display device
TWI542949B (en) Black curable composition, light-shielding color filter, light-shielding film and method for manufacturing the same, wafer level lens, and solid-state imaging device
JP5602448B2 (en) Pigment dispersion, colored curable composition, color filter, and method for producing color filter
TWI519548B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display device provided with the same
JP6167680B2 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP6028326B2 (en) Colored curable resin composition
TW201222153A (en) Color photosensitive resin composition, method of forming a pattern, method of producing a color filter, and color filter and display device having the same
KR101344786B1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition for color filter comprising the same and color filter using the same
CN105027003B (en) Coloring photosensitive combination, cured film, colored filter and its manufacturing method, liquid crystal display device and solid photographic element
JP2017149846A (en) Colored curable resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device
TW201506535A (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
KR20130074364A (en) Photosensitive resin composition for color filter and color filter using the same
JP6566901B2 (en) Colored curable resin composition
TW201205194A (en) Colored photocurable composition for color filter, color filter, method for producing color filter, and liquid crystal display device
KR102025478B1 (en) Process for producing colorant composition, colorant composition using thereof, colorant dispersed solution, photosensitive resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display
CN113383020B (en) Colored curable resin composition
TW201126269A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display device provided with the same
KR102498590B1 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device having the same
JP7203626B2 (en) Colored curable resin composition
JP2021059721A (en) Colored curable resin composition
JP6722442B2 (en) Compound, colored curable resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device
TWI738809B (en) Colored curable resin composition, color filter and display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees